Patch 35fc84fa1 [Refactor the bootm command to reduce code duplication]
breaks booting Linux (compressed uImage with fdt) on powerpc.
boot_jump_linux() mustn't be called before boot_prep_linux() and
boot_body_linux() have been called. So remove the superfluous call
to boot_jump_linux() in arch/powerpc/lib/bootm.c as its called later on
in this function.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
At present mkimage is set up to always build with image signing support.
This means that the SSL libraries (e.g. libssl-dev) are always required.
Adjust things so that mkimage can be built with and without image signing,
controlled by the presence of CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE in the board config file.
If CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not enabled, then mkimage will report a warning
that signing is not supported. If the option is enabled, but libraries are
not available, then a build error similar to this will be shown:
lib/rsa/rsa-sign.c:26:25: fatal error: openssl/rsa.h: No such file or directory
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This restores the ordering of interrupt disable to what it what before
commit 35fc84fa. It seems that on some archiectures (e.g. PowerPC) the
OS is loaded into an interrupt region, which can cause problems if
interrupts are still running.
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With 35fc84fa1 [Refactor the bootm command to reduce code duplication]
we stopped checking the return value of bootm_load_os (unintentionally!)
and simply returned if we had a non-zero return value from the function.
This broke the valid case of a legacy image file of a single kernel
loaded into an overlapping memory area (the default way of booting
nearly all TI platforms).
The best way to fix this problem in the new code is to make
bootm_load_os be the one to see if we have a problem with this, and if
it's fatal return BOOTM_ERR_RESET and if it's not BOOTM_ERR_OVERLAP, so
that we can avoid calling lmb_reserve() but continue with booting. We
however still need to handle the other BOOTM_ERR values so re-work
do_bootm_states so that we have an error handler at the bottom we can
goto for problems from bootm_load_os, or problems from the other callers
(as the code was before). Add a comment to do_bootm_states noting the
existing restriction on negative return values.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
---
Changes in v2:
- Rework so that only bootm_load_os and boot_selected_os head down into
the err case code, and other errors simply return back to the caller.
Fixes 'spl export'.
In a714321 we add a check at the end of findfdt to make sure we have
updated it from undefined and if not, warn the user. This however
forgot a ';' on the end of the previous last test.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
SDRAMC_DARCn_BA() macro worked fine when the BA is 0x00000000 even
though the macro is incorrect. It causes the BA to be set incorrctly
for other base addresses. This patch fixes the macro so that base
addresses other than zero can be used with the MCF5235.
Signed-off-by: Steve deRosier <derosier@gmail.com>
There is a debug call in board.c befor serial interface was initialized.
This moves the debug code behind serial_initialize call.
Signed-off-by: Jens Scharsig (BuS Elektronik) <esw@bus-elektronik.de>
Align the list of default commands mentioned in the configuration options
paragraph of the README with the actual definitions found in
include/config_cmd_default.h
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@freescale.com>
With CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA, lbaint_t gets defined as a 64-bit type,
which is required to represent block numbers for storage devices that
exceed 2TiB (the block size usually is 512B), e.g. recent hard drives.
For some obscure reason, the current U-Boot code uses lbaint_t for the
number of blocks to read (a rather optimistic estimation of how RAM
sizes will evolve), but not for the starting address. Trying to access
blocks beyond the 2TiB boundary will simply wrap around and read a
block within the 0..2TiB range.
We now use lbaint_t for block start addresses, too. This required
changes to all block drivers as the signature of block_read(),
block_write() and block_erase() in block_dev_desc_t changed.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Silbe <t-uboot@infra-silbe.de>
This patch introduces support for command line arguments to Plan 9.
Plan 9 generally dedicates a small region of kernel memory (known
as CONFADDR) for runtime configuration. A new environment variable
named confaddr was introduced to indicate this location when copying
arguments.
Signed-off-by: Steven Stallion <sstallion@gmail.com>
[trini: Adapt for Simon's changes about correcting argc, no need to bump
by 2 now]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Add a description of how to implement verified boot using signed FIT images,
and a simple test which verifies operation on sandbox.
The test signs a FIT image and verifies it, then signs a FIT configuration
and verifies it. Then it corrupts the signature to check that this is
detected.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While signing images is useful, it does not provide complete protection
against several types of attack. For example, it it possible to create a
FIT with the same signed images, but with the configuration changed such
that a different one is selected (mix and match attack). It is also possible
to substitute a signed image from an older FIT version into a newer FIT
(roll-back attack).
Add support for signing of FIT configurations using the libfdt's region
support.
Please see doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function to find regions in device tree given a list of nodes to
include and properties to exclude.
See the header file for full documentation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Normally, multiple public keys can be provided and U-Boot is not
required to use all of them for verification. This is because some
images may not be signed, or may be optionally signed.
But we still need a mechanism to determine when a key must be used.
This feature cannot be implemented in the FIT itself, since anyone
could change it to mark a key as optional. The requirement for
key verification must go in with the public keys, in a place that
is protected from modification.
Add a -r option which tells mkimage to mark all keys that it uses
for signing as 'required'.
If some keys are optional and some are required, run mkimage several
times (perhaps with different key directories if some keys are very
secret) using the -F flag to update an existing FIT.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
When signing an image, it is useful to add some details about which tool
or person is authorising the signing. Add a comment field which can take
care of miscellaneous requirements.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
When signing images it is sometimes necessary to sign with different keys
at different times, or make the signer entirely separate from the FIT
creation to avoid needing the private keys to be publicly available in
the system.
Add a -F option so that key signing can be a separate step, and possibly
done multiple times as different keys are avaiable.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
FIT image verification requires public keys. Add a convenient option to
mkimage to write the public keys to an FDT blob when it uses then for
signing an image. This allows us to use:
mkimage -f test.its -K dest.dtb -k keys test.fit
and have the signatures written to test.fit and the corresponding public
keys written to dest.dtb. Then dest.dtb can be used as the control FDT
for U-Boot (CONFIG_OF_CONTROL), thus providing U-Boot with access to the
public keys it needs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Keys required for signing images will be in a specific directory. Add a
-k option to specify that directory.
Also update the mkimage man page with this information and a clearer list
of available commands.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> (v1)
RSA provides a public key encryption facility which is ideal for image
signing and verification.
Images are signed using a private key by mkimage. Then at run-time, the
images are verified using a private key.
This implementation uses openssl for the host part (mkimage). To avoid
bringing large libraries into the U-Boot binary, the RSA public key
is encoded using a simple numeric representation in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for signing images using a new signature node. The process
is handled by fdt_add_verification_data() which now takes parameters to
provide the keys and related information.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some changes are needed to x86 timer functions to support tracing. Add
these so that the feature works correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add tracing to Exynos5 boards, so that tracing can be enabled when building
with 'make FTRACE=1'. We use a 16MB trace buffer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For tracing to work it has to be able to access the microsecond timer
without causing a recursive call to the function entry/exit handlers.
Add attributes to the relevant functions to support this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implement this feature on ARM for tracing.
It would be nice to have generic bootm support so that it is easily
implemented on any arch.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
For tracing it is useful to run as much of U-Boot as possible so as to get
a complete picture. Quite a bit of work happens in bootm, and we don't want
to have to stop tracing before bootm starts.
Add a way of doing a 'fake' boot of the OS - which does everything up to
the point where U-Boot is about to jump to the OS image. This allows
tracing to record right until the end.
This requires arch support to work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the bootm code is mostly duplicated for the plain 'bootm'
command and its sub-command variant. This makes the code harder to
maintain and means that changes must be made to several places.
Introduce do_bootm_states() which performs selected portions of the bootm
work, so that both plain 'bootm' and 'bootm <sub_command>' can use the
same code.
Additional duplication exists in bootz, so tidy that up as well. This
is not intended to change behaviour, apart from minor fixes where the
previously-duplicated code missed some chunks of code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the arguments to bootm are processed in a somewhat confusing
way. Sub-functions must know how many arguments their calling functions
have processed, and the OS boot function must also have this information.
Also it isn't obvious that 'bootm' and 'bootm start' provide arguments in
the same way.
Adjust the code so that arguments are removed from the list before calling
a sub-function. This means that all functions can know that argv[0] is the
first argument of which they need to take notice.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is difficult to automatically test tracing on most architectures, but
with sandbox it is easy enough to do a simple sanity check.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Support tracing on sandbox by adding suitable CONFIG options. To enable it,
compile U-Boot with FTRACE=1.
The timer functions are marked to skip tracing, since these are called from
the tracing code itself, and we want to avoid an infinite loop.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This tool provides the facility to decode U-Boot trace data and write out
a text file in Linux ftrace format for use with pytimechart.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add hooks for tracing to generic board, including:
- allow early tracing to start early as possible in U-Boot
- reserve memory for trace buffer
- copy early trace buffer to main trace buffer after relocation
- setup full tracing support after relocation
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use -finstrument-functions when tracing is enabled (make FTRACE=1).
Tracing is not currently supported by SPL even if sufficient memory is
available.
When tracing is enabled, we #define FTRACE. This can be used by
board config files to conditionally enable the tracing options.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a trace command with sub-commands to start/stop tracing, print out
statistics and dump trace information to memory for later upload to a host.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a library which supports tracing of execution using built-in gcc
features and a microsecond timer. This can be used to record a list of
function which are executed, along with a timestamp for each. Later
this information can be sent to the host for processing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When this test fails it is useful to see the output from U-Boot. Add
printing of this information on failure.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For some reason this does not normally cause a compiler warning, but the code
seems to be incorrect. Add the missing return.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
I am not sure of the meaning of extern inline, but this gives errors
when building with function instrumenting enabled. Change these functions
to static inline.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds cros-ec related device nodes to exynos5250-snow.dts.
It also adds a gpio node to exynos5250.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Hung-ying Tyan <tyanh@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The device interface is 16 bits wide.
All the available packets are read from the incoming fifo.
Signed-off-by: Roberto Cerati <roberto.cerati@bticino.it>
Signed-off-by: Raffaele Recalcati <raffaele.recalcati@bticino.it>
[voice.shen@atmel.com: address comments from review results]
[voice.shen@atmel.com: clean up for submit]
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Raffaele Recalcati <raffaele.recalcati@bticino.it>
commit 39695029bc15041c809df3db4ba19bd729c447fa
Author: Charles Coldwell <coldwell@ll.mit.edu>
Date: Tue Feb 19 08:27:33 2013 -0500
Changes to support the Xilinx 1000BASE-X phy (GTX/MGT)
Signed-off-by: Charles Coldwell <coldwell@ll.mit.edu>
Make the link-local code conform more completely with the RFC.
This will prevent ARP queries for the target (such as while it is
rebooting) from causing the device to choose a different link-local
address, thinking that its address is in use by another machine.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
SPEAr310 and SPEAr320 Ethernet interfaces share same MDIO lines to control their
respective phys. Currently there is a fixed configuration in which only a
particular MAC can use the MDIO lines.
Call an arch specific function to take control of specific mdio lines at
runtime.
Signed-off-by: Shiraz Hashim <shiraz.hashim@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Vipin Kumar <vipin.kumar@st.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch tackles the time out problem which leads to break the
boot process, when loading file over nfs. The patch does two things.
First of all, we just ignore messages that arrive with a rpc_id smaller
then the client id. We just interpret this messages as answers to
formaly timed out messages.
Second, when a time out occurs we double the time to wait, so that we
do not stress the server resending the last message.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <matthias.bgg@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@gmail.com>
Marvell Dove also uses mvgbe as ethernet driver, therefore add support
for Dove to reuse the current driver.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Hesselbarth <sebastian.hesselbarth@gmail.com>
Not all boards define an SOC. As a result, we can't depend on that.
This was introduced in 39f985536d
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
A pxelinux server setup for "default" menu is typically an x86 binary.
This does not work well with a mixed architecture setup. Extend the default
search to look for default-<arch>-<soc> and then default-<arch> before
falling back to just "default".
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
ontimeout is similar to default, but is the selection on menu timeout.
This is how cobbler sets a default. The label default is supposed to be
the default selection when <enter> is pressed. If both default and
ontimeout are set, last one parsed wins.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Menus with lots of entries and long append lines are hard to read.
Just show a numbered list using the label or name and make the choice
by entering the number.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
The prompt flag is for displaying a "boot:" prompt in pxelinux. This
doesn't make sense for u-boot as we don't support the pxelinux command
interface. So we should just ignore prompt statements and always show the
menu if a menu is present.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Standard pxelinux servers will typically use a zImage rather than u-boot
image format, so fallback to bootz if bootm fails.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Add support for value of -1 For localboot. A value of -1 means return to
u-boot prompt.
The localboot value is often 0, so we need to distinguish the value from
localboot being selected. A value of greater than or equal to 0 means
attempt local boot command.
If localboot is selected, we don't want to try other entries.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Get the MAC address using eth_getenv_enetaddr_by_index so that the MAC
address of ethact is used. This enables using the a NIC other than the
first one for PXE boot.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
This patch adds support for the WEMAC, the ethernet controller included
in the Allwinner A10 SoC. It will get used in the upcoming A10 board
support.
From: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Henrik Nordstrom <henrik@henriknordstrom.net>
When use checkpatch.pl to check network related patch, it will report
--->8---
WARNING: networking block comments don't use an empty /* line,
use /* Comment...
---<8---
So, add --ignore NETWORKING_BLOCK_COMMENT_STYLE into .checkpatch.conf
This will help to keep all driver include network related driver use
the same comment style
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
- remove the builtin 'rootpath' spec (according to U-Boot project
policy) and require user provided environments to contain these
- rephrase the evaluation of the 'muster_nr' approach which allows to
quickly switch among several network boot setups (make the setting
transparent when empty, resulting in default DULG behaviour)
- reduce the ARP timeout for faster network boot
Signed-off-by: Gerhard Sittig <gsi@denx.de>
- use the default baudrate table for serial communication
- remove hostname/boofile/rootpath defines which were not referenced elsewhere
Signed-off-by: Gerhard Sittig <gsi@denx.de>
re-order the conditions which make the recovery system startup: combine
those conditions which were explicitly initiated (key press, software
request) and those which post-process error conditions (installer issues)
Signed-off-by: Gerhard Sittig <gsi@denx.de>
getenv() immediately after setenv() may perfectly legally return NULL, so
make sure to not deference an invalid pointer when creating diagnostic output
Signed-off-by: Gerhard Sittig <gsi@denx.de>
Move common flash write code into spi_flash_write_common().
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Flag status register polling is required for micron 512Mb flash
devices onwards, for performing erase/program operations.
Like polling for WIP(Write-In-Progress) bit in read status register,
spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready will poll for PEC(Program-Erase-Control)
bit in flag status register.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is no other call other than spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready(),
hence removed spi_flash_cmd_poll_bit and use the poll status code
spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready() itself.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the existing spi_flash_addr() for 3-byte addressing
cmd filling in write call.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Defined bank addr code on CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR macro, to reduce the
size for existing boards which has < 16Mbytes SPI flashes.
It's upto user which has provision to use the bank addr code for
flashes which has > 16Mbytes.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch updated the spi_flash read func to support all
sizes of flashes using bank reg addr facility.
The same support has been added in below patch for erase/write
spi_flash functions:
"sf: Support all sizes of flashes using bank addr reg facility"
(sha1: c956f600cbb0943d0afe1004cdb503f4fcd8f415)
With these new updates on sf framework, the flashes which has < 16MB
are not effected as per as performance is concern and but the
u-boot.bin size incrased ~460 bytes.
sf update(for first 16MBytes), Changes before:
U-Boot> sf update 0x1000000 0x0 0x1000000
- N25Q256
16777216 bytes written, 0 bytes skipped in 199.72s, speed 86480 B/s
- W25Q128BV
16777216 bytes written, 0 bytes skipped in 351.739s, speed 48913 B/s
- S25FL256S_64K
16777216 bytes written, 0 bytes skipped in 65.659s, speed 262144 B/s
sf update(for first 16MBytes), Changes before:
U-Boot> sf update 0x1000000 0x0 0x1000000
- N25Q256
16777216 bytes written, 0 bytes skipped in 198.953s, speed 86480 B/s
- W25Q128BV
16777216 bytes written, 0 bytes skipped in 350.90s, speed 49200 B/s
- S25FL256S_64K
16777216 bytes written, 0 bytes skipped in 66.521s, speed 262144 B/s
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Updated the spi_flash framework to handle all sizes of flashes
using bank/extd addr reg facility
The current implementation in spi_flash supports 3-byte address mode
due to this up to 16Mbytes amount of flash is able to access for those
flashes which has an actual size of > 16MB.
As most of the flashes introduces a bank/extd address registers
for accessing the flashes in 16Mbytes of banks if the flash size
is > 16Mbytes, this new scheme will add the bank selection feature
for performing write/erase operations on all flashes.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Read the flash bank addr register to get the state of bank in
a perticular flash. and also bank write happens only when there is
a change in bank selection from user.
bank read only valid for flashes which has > 16Mbytes those are
opearted in 3-byte addr mode, each bank occupies 16Mytes.
Suppose if the flash has 64Mbytes size consists of 4 banks like
bank0, bank1, bank2 and bank3.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Bank/Extended addr commands are specific to particular
flash vendor so discover them based on the idocode0.
Assign the discovered bank commands to spi_flash members
so-that the bank read/write will use their specific operations.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
This patch provides support to program a flash bank address
register.
extended/bank address register contains an information to access
the 4th byte addressing in 3-byte address mode.
reff' the spec for more details about bank addr register
in Page-63, Table 8.16
http://www.spansion.com/Support/Datasheets/S25FL128S_256S_00.pdf
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the exact names for W25Q 0x40XX ID's flash parts, as the same
sizes of flashes comes with different ID's. so-that the distinguishes
becomes easy with this change.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Corrected the name of S25FL128S 64K sector part SPI flash,
S25FL128S supported has been added in below commit
"sf: spansion: Add support for S25FL128S"
(sha1: 1bfb9f156a)
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
This change is only done where needed: some linker
scripts may contain relocation symbols yet remain
unchanged.
__rel_dyn_start and __rel_dyn_end each requires
its own output section; putting them in relocation
sections changes their flags and breaks relocation.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Tested-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Tested-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
This change is only done where needed: some linker
scripts may contain __image_copy_{start,end} yet
remain unchanged.
Also, __image_copy_end needs its own section; putting
it in relocation sections changes their flags and makes
relocation break.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Tested-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Tested-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
File arch/arm/lib/bss.c was initially defined for BSS only,
but is now going to also contain definitions for other
section-boundary-related symbols, so rename it for better
accuracy.
Also, remove useless 'used' attributes.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Tested-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Tested-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Discard all .dynsym sections from linker scripts
Remove all __dynsym_start definitions from linker scripts
Remove all __dynsym_start references from the codebase
Note: this touches include/asm-generic/sections.h, which
is not ARM-specific, but actual uses of __dynsym_start
are only in ARM, so this patch can safely go through
the ARM repository.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Tested-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Tested-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
init_tlbs() initialize all the TLB entries required for the system.
So disable DEBUG TLB entry before TLB entries initialization.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
"pixis_reset help" command prints the message without a new line "\n",
which makes the prompt on the same line.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Instead of assuming that SYS_TEXT_BASE is 0xFFF80000 calculate the initial
pbl command offset by subtracting the image size from the top of the
24-bit address range. Also increase the size of the memory buffer to
accommodate a larger output image.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
If a variable is used as array subscript, it's valid value range is
0 ... ARRAY_SIZE -1.
Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@ingics.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Move the common makefile line shared by the SPL and non-SPL to the public area,
so that we can avoid excessive SPL symbols. Some of them will be used by the
SPL later.
This patch is on top of the patch "common/Makefile: Add new symbol
CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT for environment in SPL".
Signed-off-by: Ying Zhang <b40530@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
There will need the environment in SPL for reasons other than network
support (in particular, hwconfig contains info for how to set up DDR).
Add a new symbol CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT to replace CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
for environment in common/Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Ying Zhang <b40530@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
There will clear the BSS in the function clear_bss(), the reset address of
the BSS started from the __bss_start, and increased by four-byte increments,
finally stoped depending on the address is equal to the _bss_end. If the end
address __bss_end is not alignment to 4byte, it will be an infinite loop.
1. The reset action stoped depending on the reset address is greater
than or equal the end address of the BSS.
2. The end address of the BSS should be 4byte aligned. Because the reset unit
is 4 Bytes.
This patch is on top of the patch "powerpc/mpc85xx: support application
without resetvec segment in the linker script".
Signed-off-by: Ying Zhang <b40530@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
For SD/SPI 2-stage bootloader, the On-Chip Rom code loads the SPL into L2 SRAM,
then jump to it to begin execution. After that, the SPL loads the final uboot
image into DDR, then jump to it to begin execution. The segment .resetvec in
the SPL and in final U-boot is useless.
So, add new symbols CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC for this application.
If CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC is set, the segment .resetvec is excluded
and the segment .bootpg is placed in the previous 4K of the segment .text.
Signed-off-by: Ying Zhang <b40530@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Erratum A-006593 is "Atomic store may report failure but still allow
the store data to be visible".
The workaround is: "Set CoreNet Platform Cache register CPCHDBCR0 bit
21 to 1'b1. This may have a small impact on synthetic write bandwidth
benchmarks but should have a negligible impact on real code."
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Calculate reserved fields according to IFC bank count
1. Move csor_ext register behind csor register and fix res offset
2. Move ifc bank count to config_mpc85xx.h to support 8 bank count
3. Guard fsl_ifc.h with CONFIG_FSL_IFC macro to eliminate the compile
error on some devices that does not have IFC controller.
Signed-off-by: Mingkai Hu <Mingkai.hu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
When a T4 board boots from SRIO or PCIE, it needs to finish these processes:
1. Set all the cores in holdoff status.
2. Set the boot location to one PCIE or SRIO interface by RCW.
3. Set a specific TLB entry for the boot process.
4. Set a LAW entry with the TargetID of one PCIE or SRIO for the boot.
5. Set a specific TLB entry in order to fetch ucode and ENV from
master.
6. Set a LAW entry with the TargetID one of the PCIE ports for
ucode and ENV.
7. Slave's u-boot image should be generated specifically by
make xxxx_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_config.
This will set SYS_TEXT_BASE=0xFFF80000 and other configurations.
For more information about the feature of Boot from SRIO/PCIE, please
refer to the document doc/README.srio-pcie-boot-corenet.
Signed-off-by: Liu Gang <Gang.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
T4 can support the feature of Boot from SRIO/PCIE, and the macro
"CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER" will enable the master module of this feature
when building the u-boot image.
You can get some description about this macro in README file, and for more
information about the feature of Boot from SRIO/PCIE, please refer to the
document doc/README.srio-pcie-boot-corenet.
Signed-off-by: Liu Gang <Gang.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
When a b4860qds board boots from SRIO or PCIE, it needs to finish these
processes:
1. Set all the cores in holdoff status.
2. Set the boot location to one PCIE or SRIO interface by RCW.
3. Set a specific TLB entry for the boot process.
4. Set a LAW entry with the TargetID of one PCIE or SRIO for the boot.
5. Set a specific TLB entry in order to fetch ucode and ENV from
master.
6. Set a LAW entry with the TargetID one of the PCIE ports for
ucode and ENV.
7. Slave's u-boot image should be generated specifically by
make xxxx_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_config.
This will set SYS_TEXT_BASE=0xFFF80000 and other configurations.
For more information about the feature of Boot from SRIO/PCIE, please
refer to the document doc/README.srio-pcie-boot-corenet.
Signed-off-by: Liu Gang <Gang.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
B4860QDS can support the feature of Boot from SRIO/PCIE, and the macro
"CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER" will enable the master module of this feature
when building the u-boot image.
You can get some description about this macro in README file, and for more
information about the feature of Boot from SRIO/PCIE, please refer to the
document doc/README.srio-pcie-boot-corenet.
Signed-off-by: Liu Gang <Gang.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Currently, the macro "CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER" can enable
the master module of Boot from SRIO and PCIE on a platform. But this
is not a silicon feature, it's just a specific booting mode based on
the SRIO and PCIE interfaces. So it's inappropriate to put the macro
into the file arch/powerpc/include/asm/config_mpc85xx.h.
Change the macro "CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER" to
"CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER", remove them from
arch/powerpc/include/asm/config_mpc85xx.h file, and add those macros
in configuration header file of each board which can support the
master module of Boot from SRIO and PCIE.
Signed-off-by: Liu Gang <Gang.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
1. Misalignment will be found in the doc/README.srio-pcie-boot-corenet
file when the tabs are set to 8 characters. And the standard for
u-boot should be 8 character tabs! So this issue should be amended.
2. Add a NOTE for the ENV parameters of the Slave.
Signed-off-by: Liu Gang <Gang.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
e500v2 processor does not support 8K page size TLB entries.
So create new TLB entry only during NAND SPL boot.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Freescale documentation presents the PowerPC core names in lower case, such as
"e300", "e500", "e600", etc.
Change the upper case occurrences into lower case so that the core names
reported in U-boot can match the ones from the documentation.
While at it also fix a checkpatch error:
ERROR: space prohibited before that close parenthesis ')'
#53: FILE: arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc86xx/cpu.c:81:
+ printf("e600 Core %d", (msscr0 & 0x20) ? 1 : 0 );
Reported-by: Heinz Wrobel <heinz.wrobel@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
BSC9131RDB has 1GB DDR.
Out of this, only 880MB is passed on to Linux via bootm_size.
Remaining
-16MB is reserved for PowerPC-DSP shared control area
-128MB is reserved for DSP private area.
Also 256MB, out of this 880MB is required for data communication between
PowerPC and DSP core.
For this bootargs are modified to pass parameter to create 1 hugetlb
page of 256MB via default_hugepagesz, hugepagesz and hugepages
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <Priyanka.Jain@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
BSC9131RDB is a Freescale Reference Design Board for
BSC9131 SoC which is a integrated device that contains
one powerpc e500v2 core and one DSP starcore.
To support DSP starcore
-Creating LAW and TLB for DSP-CCSR space.
-Creating LAW for DSP-core subsystem M2 memory
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <Priyanka.Jain@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Poonam Aggrwal <poonam.aggrwal@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
BSC9131RDB supports Sysclk
-66MHz if jumper J16 is close (default state)
-100MHz if jumper J16 is open
Add targets
-BSC9131RDB_NAND_SYSCLK100 : for NAND boot at Sysclk 100MHz
-BSC9131RDB_SPIFLASH_SYSCLK100: for SPI boot at Sysclk 100MHz
Signed-off-by: Ramneek Mehresh <ramneek.mehresh@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <Priyanka.Jain@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Linker script is not able find start.o binary. So add its absolute path in
u-boot-spl.lds. This change is similar to u-boot-nand.lds
common/Makefile: Avoid compiling unnecssary files
fsl_ifc_spl.c : It is is responsible for reading u-boot binary from
NAND flash and copying into DDR. It also transfer control from NAND SPL
to u-boot image present in DDR.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
IFC errata A003399 is valid for IFC NOR boot i.e.if no on-board NOR flash or
no NOR boot, do not compile its workaround.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
To avoid sign extension problem, use explicit casting to cast
the SDRAM size to type phys_size_t, or else, if the SDRAM size
is 2G(0x80000000), it will be extended to 0xffffffff80000000
when phys_size_t is type 'unsigned long long'.
Signed-off-by: Mingkai Hu <Mingkai.Hu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Accidentally applied an earlier version of the patch, which set
the compatible to "fsl,qoriq-clockgen-2", lacking the final
".0".
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Tang Yuantian <Yuantian.Tang@freescale.com>
This patch allows to configure the net2big_v2 LEDs at startup (through
the GPIO extension bus). The front blue LED is enabled and the SATA rear
LEDs are configured to blink in relation with the SATA activity.
Signed-off-by: Simon Guinot <simon.guinot@sequanux.org>
This patch adds support for the CPLD GPIO bus found on some LaCie boards
(as the 2Big/5Big Network v2 and the 2Big NAS). This parallel GPIO bus
exposes two registers (address and data). Each of this register is made
up of several dedicated GPIOs. An extra GPIO is used to notify the CPLD
that the registers have been updated.
Mostly this bus is used to configure the LEDs on LaCie boards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Guinot <simon.guinot@sequanux.org>
This patch ensures minimal cooling for the net2big_v2 by automatically
starting the I2C fan (GMT G762) at low speed (2800 RPM).
Signed-off-by: Simon Guinot <simon.guinot@sequanux.org>
Acked-by: Prafulla Wadaskar <prafulla@marvell.com>
If we try to boot from NET device, NetInitLoop in net.c will be invoked.
If NET device is not installed, eth_get_dev() function will return
eth_current value, which is NULL.
When NetInitLoop is called, "eth_get_dev->enetaddr" will access
restricted memory area and therefore cause hanging.
This issue is found on Tegra30 Cardhu platform after adding
CONFIG_CMD_NET and CONFIG_CMD_DHCP in config header file.
Signed-off-by: Jim Lin <jilin@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Fix the checkpatch warning on the panda.c file for leading
spaces.
Fix the CHECK warnings on the panda.c file for parenthesis alignment.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Detect if we are running on a panda revision A1-A6,
or an ES panda board. This can be done by reading
the level of GPIOs and checking the processor revisions.
This should result in:
Panda 4430:
GPIO171, GPIO101, GPIO182: 0 1 1 => A1-A5
GPIO171, GPIO101, GPIO182: 1 0 1 => A6
Panda ES:
GPIO2, GPIO3, GPIO171, GPIO48, GPIO182: 0 0 0 1 1 => B1/B2
GPIO2, GPIO3, GPIO171, GPIO48, GPIO182: 0 0 1 1 1 => B3
Set the board name appropriately for the board revision that
is detected.
Update the findfdt macro to load the a4 device tree binary.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
[trini: %s/CONTROL_PADCONF_CORE/(*ctrl)->control_padconf_core_base/ and
formatting for that]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Update the EXTRA_ENV_SETTING for the dra7xx.
The console needs to be set to ttyO0 and the
findfdt needs to be updated to load the
dra7xx-evm.dtb file.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Correct the console sys prompt to display the correct processor
and the corrent board
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Reported-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
In the omap4, omap5 and am335x common files add a check to ensure that the fdtfile is
defined after the findfdt macro has run. If the file is not defined then warn the user that the
dtb file is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
move uart soft reset code to common place and call
this function from board code, instead of copy and paste
this code for every board.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Matt Porter <mporter@ti.com>
Cc: Lars Poeschel <poeschel@lemonage.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@iseebcn.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
[trini: Fix igep0033 build, remove 'regval' on pcm051]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
upcoming support for siemens boards switches mpu pll clk in board
code. So make this configurable.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This error may not be defined on some platforms such as MacOS so host
compilation will fail. Use one of the more common errors instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Tested-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Current DWMMC driver used to give FIFO underrun/overrun error every 3rd time
for mmc rescan command.
In current code FIFO_DEPTH is getting calculated after reading the default FIFOTH
register and extracting the RX_WMARK bits from it i.e (RX_WMARK = FIFO_DEPTH/2 -1).
Instead of storing the correct value, we were recalculating the FIFO_DEPT each
time which is not correct.
Based on "[PATCH V9 3/9] DWMMC: Initialise dwmci and resolve EMMC read write issues"
http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot/160247
Signed-off-by: Hatim Ali <hatim.rv@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Use a negative value of CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET for all NVIDIA reference boards
that store the U-Boot environment in the 2nd eMMC boot partition. This
makes U-Boot agnostic to the size of the eMMC boot partition, which can
vary depending on which eMMC device was actually stuffed into the board.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
A negative value of CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is treated as a backwards offset
from the end of the eMMC device/partition, rather than a forwards offset
from the start.
This is useful when a single board may be stuffed with different eMMC
devices, each of which has a different capacity, and you always want the
environment to be stored at the very end of the device (or eMMC boot
partition for example).
One example of this case is NVIDIA's Ventana reference board.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Enhance the MMC core to calculate the size of each MMC partition, and
update mmc->capacity whenever a partition is selected. This causes:
mmc dev 0 1 ; mmcinfo
... to report the size of the currently selected partition, rather than
always reporting the size of the user partition.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Describe the meaning of CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC, and all related defines that
must or can be set when using that option.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
After waiting for the command completion event, the interrupt status
bits, that occured to be set by that time, are cleared by writing them
back. It is supposed, that it should be command related bits (command
complete and may be command errors).
However, in some cases the DMA already completes by that time before
the full transaction completes. The corresponding DINT bit gets set
and then cleared before even entering the loop, waiting for data part
completion. That waiting loop never gets this bit set, causing the
operation to hang. This is reported to happen, for example, for write
operation of 1 sector to upper area (block #7400000) of SanDisk Ultra II
8GB card.
The solution could be to explicitly clear only command related interrupt
status bits. However, since subsequent processing does not rely on
any command bits state, it could be easier just to remove clearing
of any bits at that point, leaving them all until all data processing
completes. After that the whole register will be cleared at once.
Also, on occasion, interrupts masking moved to before writing the command,
just for the case there should be no chance of interrupt between the first
command and interrupts masking.
Reported-by: Dirk Behme <dirk.behme@de.bosch.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gabbasov <andrew_gabbasov@mentor.com>
Acked-by: Dirk Behme <dirk.behme@de.bosch.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Since commit 48e0b2bd (powerpc/esdhc: Correct judgement for DATA PIO mode)
we see mx6 systems to hang after doing a 'save' command.
Revert this commit since the original 'ifdef' logic from 7b43db92
(drivers/mmc/fsl_esdhc.c: fix compiler warnings) was the correct one.
Reported-by: Tapani Utriainen <tapani@technexion.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
This patch fixes a bug related to mmc writes.
When doing fatwrites on an SD-Card, MMC bus problems can occur. Depending
on the size of the file, "MMC0: Bus busy timeout!" is reported, resulting
in an SD-Card that is no longer responding.
It appears to be, that set_cluster can be called with a size being zero.
That can be with a file that has a size being an exact multiple
(including 0) of the clustersize, but also for files that are smaller than
the size of one cluster.
The same problem occurs if the "mmc write" command is given with a block
count being 0.
By adding a check for the block count being zero in mmc_write_blocks
(drivers/mmc.c), this problem is solved.
Signed-off-by: Ruud Commandeur <rcommandeur@clb.nl>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Cc: Mats Karrman <Mats.Karrman@tritech.se>
Cc: Andy Fleming <afleming@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
CAP register don't have any information for 8-bit buswidth support
on 2.0 sdhci spec, only from 3.0 onwards bit[18] got this information.
Due to this misassignment in sdhci, mmc is setting 8-bit buswidth using
mmc_set_bus_width even if controller doesn't support.
Below change has code information.
"mmc: Properly determine maximum supported bus width"
(sha1: 7798f6dbd5)
Bug log: <mmc plus and emmc cards)
-------
zynq-uboot> mmcinfo
Error detected in status(0x208100)!
Device: zynq_sdhci
Manufacturer ID: fe
.....
So enable 8-bit support only for 3.0 spec using CAP and for below 3.0
assign mmc->host_caps = MMC_MODE_8BIT on respective platform driver
if host have a support.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The commit d196bd8 (env_mmc: add support for redundant environment)
introduce the following compile error when enable redundant
environment support with MMC
---8<---
env_mmc.c:149: error: 'env_t' has no member named 'flags'
env_mmc.c:248: error: 'env_t' has no member named 'flags'
env_mmc.c:248: error: 'env_t' has no member named 'flags'
env_mmc.c:250: error: 'env_t' has no member named 'flags'
env_mmc.c:250: error: 'env_t' has no member named 'flags'
env_mmc.c:252: error: 'env_t' has no member named 'flags'
env_mmc.c:252: error: 'env_t' has no member named 'flags'
env_mmc.c:254: error: 'env_t' has no member named 'flags'
env_mmc.c:254: error: 'env_t' has no member named 'flags'
env_mmc.c:267: error: 'env_t' has no member named 'flags'
make[1]: *** [env_mmc.o] Error 1
--->8---
Add this patch to fix it
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Small conflict over DRA7XX updates and adding SRAM_SCRATCH_SPACE_ADDR
Conflicts:
arch/arm/include/asm/arch-omap5/omap.h
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This patch corrected the nr_blocks used for W25Q32DW SPI flash.
nr_blcoks are incorrectly assigned on below patch
"sf: winbond: add W25Q32DW"
(sha1: 772ba15474)
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Add support for Winbond W25Q80BW SPI flash.
This patch corrected the flash name, nr_blocks and
also commit message header from below patch.
"sf: winbond: add W25Q32"
(sha1: c969abc470)
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
As the per the ID tabl the flash is under Uniform 64-kB sector
architecture, hence updated with proper name.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
This patch implements the mux_addr bit fields defined in tmu_control
register (used for debugging purpose)
Signed-off-by: Naveen Krishna Chatradhi <ch.naveen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Vadim Bendebury <vbendeb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This patch does the folowing
1. change the data types for unsigned int variable to unsigned
2. change the tmu_base type to struct exynos5_tmu_reg *
3. Add timer functionality for get_cur_temp()
4. error handling in the get_tmu_fdt_values()
5. Add check for curr_temp reading
6. some cosmotic changes.
Signed-off-by: Naveen Krishna Chatradhi <ch.naveen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Vadim Bendebury <vbendeb@google.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This patch adds commands to access(open/close) and resize boot partitions on EMMC.
Signed-off-by: Amar <amarendra.xt@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This patch adds APIs to access(open / close) and to resize boot partiton of EMMC.
Signed-off-by: Amar <amarendra.xt@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This patch enables and initialises DWMMC for SMDK5250.
Supports both FDT and non-FDT. This patch creates a new file
'exynos5-dt.c' meant for FDT support.
exynos5-dt.c: This file shall contain all code which supports FDT.
Any addition of FDT support for any module needs to be
added in this file.
smdk5250.c: This file shall contain the code which supports non-FDT.
version. Any addition of non-FDT support for any module
needs to be added in this file.
May be, the file smdk5250.c can be removed in near future
when non-FDT is not required.
The Makefile is updated to compile only one of the files
exynos5-dt.c / smdk5250.c based on FDT configuration.
NOTE:
Please note that all additions corresponding to FDT need to be added into the
file exynos5-dt.c.
At same time if non-FDT support is required then add the corresponding
updations into smdk5250.c.
Signed-off-by: Amar <amarendra.xt@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This patch initialises the local variable 'shift' to zero.
The uninitialised local variable 'shift' had garbage value and was
resulting in unwnated results in the functions exynos5_get_mmc_clk()
and exynos4_get_mmc_clk().
Signed-off-by: Amar <amarendra.xt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This patch adds FDT support for DWMMC, by reading the DWMMC node data
from the device tree and initialising DWMMC channels as per data
obtained from the node.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Amar <amarendra.xt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This patch enumerates dwmci and set auto stop command during
dwmci initialisation.
EMMC read/write is not happening in current implementation
due to improper fifo size computation. Hence modified the fifo size
computation to resolve EMMC read write issues.
Signed-off-by: Amar <amarendra.xt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
PXA270 CPU has turbo mode. The mode is 2.5 times faster than the
default run mode. Activating the mode early significantly speeds
up boot process.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Yanovich <ynvich@gmail.com>
LP-8x4x is a programmable automation controller by ICP DAS. It is
shipped with outdated U-Boot v1.3.0
This patch adds enough supports to boot the board:
- 128M of 128M SDRAM
- 32M of 48M NOR Flash memory
- 1 of 4 Serial consoles (PXA FFUART)
- 2 of 2 Ethernet controllers (DM9000)
Signed-off-by: Sergey Yanovich <ynvich@gmail.com>
Series-to: u-boot
Series-cc: marex
Commit 8f62ca6 "usb: ehci: Support interrupt transfers via periodic list"
didn't include any cache management in the new interrupt transfer path.
It also added an extra write to or_asynclistaddr in usb_lowlevel_init(),
without having flushed out the data there.
Add the missing cache management calls, so that the code works again.
This allows the USB keyboard on Tegra's Seaboard/Springbank boards to
work.
Cc: Patrick Georgi <patrick@georgi-clan.de>
Cc: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
Cc: Julius Werner <jwerner@chromium.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The Faraday FOTG210 is an OTG chip which could operate
as either an EHCI Host or a USB Device at a time.
Signed-off-by: Kuo-Jung Su <dantesu@faraday-tech.com>
CC: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This patch adds support to both Faraday FUSBH200 and FOTG210,
the differences between Faraday EHCI and standard EHCI are
listed bellow:
1. The PORTSC starts at 0x30 instead of 0x44.
2. The CONFIGFLAG(0x40) is not only un-implemented, and
also has its address space removed.
3. Faraday EHCI is a TDI design, but it doesn't
compatible with the general TDI implementation
found at both U-Boot and Linux.
4. The ISOC descriptors differ from standard EHCI in
several ways. But since U-boot doesn't support ISOC,
we don't have to worry about that.
Signed-off-by: Kuo-Jung Su <dantesu@faraday-tech.com>
CC: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This patch makes the minimum power-on delay for USB HUB
become configurable. The original design waits at least
100 msec here, but some EHCI controlers(e.g. Faraday EHCI)
are known to require much longer delay interval.
Signed-off-by: Kuo-Jung Su <dantesu@faraday-tech.com>
CC: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
There is at least one non-EHCI compliant controller (i.e. Faraday EHCI)
not only leave RESERVED and CONFIGFLAG registers un-implemented
but also has their address spaces removed.
As an result, the PORTSC register of Faraday EHCI always
starts from 0x30 instead of 0x44 in standard EHCI.
So that we'll need a weak-aliased function for abstraction.
Signed-off-by: Kuo-Jung Su <dantesu@faraday-tech.com>
CC: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
1. The 'index' of ehci_submit_root() is not always > 0.
e.g.
While it gets invoked from usb_get_descriptor(),
the 'index' is always a '0'. (See ch.9 of USB2.0)
2. The PORTSC register is not always required, and thus it
should only report a port error when necessary.
It would cause a port scan failure if the ehci_submit_root()
always gets terminated by a port error.
Signed-off-by: Kuo-Jung Su <dantesu@faraday-tech.com>
CC: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The ASIX driver calls a basic_init() function during get_info(), so that
not all initialization tasks need to be redone on every init().
Unfortunately, the most important one is still triggered too often: the
driver does a full port and MII reset on every asix_init(), requiring up
to several seconds to reestablish the link.
This patch confines that software reset into the asix_basic_init()
function so that it will only be executed once. This saves about a
second of boot time on systems using BOOTP.
Note: this patch was previously submitted many moons ago as:
usb: usbeth: asix: Do a fast init if link already established
That patch seens to have been lost or forgotten, so this is a rebased
version. It is tested on snow with a Asix USB dongle (Cisco).
Signed-off-by: Julius Werner <jwerner@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Vadim Bendebury <vbendeb@chromium.org>
This commit broke USB2 on link (Chromebook Pixel):
020bbcb usb: hub: Power-cycle on root-hub ports
However the root cause seems to be a missing mask and missing 'break'
in ehci-hcd.c. This patch fixes both.
On link, 'usb start' with a USB keyboard and memory stick inserted now
finds both. The keyboard works as expected. Also ext2ls shows a directory
listing from the memory stick.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the USB keyboard is not answering properly the first request on its
interrupt endpoint, just skip it and try the next one.
This workarounds an issue with a wireless mouse dongle which presents
itself both as a keyboard and a mouse but has a non-functional keyboard
interface.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
(cherry picked from commit 012bbf0ce0301be2482857e3f03b481dd15c2340)
Rebased to upstream/master:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Reinauer <reinauer@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
Allow to reconfigure properly the USB keyboard driver when we enumerate
several times the USB devices and its position in the device tree has
changes.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Reinauer <reinauer@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
The flash_info_t->start[] field is limited in size by CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT
macro, which is set to 19 for this board in the board config file. If we inspect
the board/ppmc7xx/flash.c closely, especially the flash_get_size() function, we
can notice the "switch ((long)flashtest)" at around line 80 having a few results
which will set flash_info_t->sector_count to value higher than 19, for example
"case AMD_ID_LV640U" will set it to 128. Notice that right underneath, iteration
over flash_info_t->start[] happens and the upper bound for the interation is
flash_info_t->sector_count. Now if the sector_count is 128 as it is for the
AMD_ID_LV640U case, but the CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT limiting the start[] is
only 19, an access past the start[] array much happen. Moreover, during this
iteration, the field is written to, so memory corruption is inevitable.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Richard Danter <richard.danter@windriver.com>
C99's strict aliasing rules are insane to use in low-level code such as a
bootloader, but as Wolfgang has rejected -fno-strict-aliasing in the
past, add a union so that 16-bit accesses can be performed.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Move pinmux configurations for the DA830 SoCs from board file
to the arch tree so that it can be used for all da830 based devices.
Also, avoids duplicate pinmuxing in case of NAND.
Signed-off-by: Vishwanathrao Badarkhe, Manish <manishv.b@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Christian Riesch <christian.riesch@omicron.at>
auxclk0 and auxclk1 are utilized on some OMAP5 boards.
Define the infrastructure needed for accessing them
without using magic numbers.
Also remove unrelated TPS62361 defines from clocks.h
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
New i2c_read, i2c_write and i2c_probe functions, tested on OMAP4
(4430/60/70), OMAP5 (5430) and AM335X (3359); should work on older
OMAPs and derivatives as well. The only anticipated exception would
be the OMAP2420, which shall require driver modification.
- Rewritten i2c_read to operate correctly with all types of chips
(old function could not read consistent data from some I2C slaves).
- Optimised i2c_write.
- New i2c_probe, performs write access vs read. The old probe could
hang the system under certain conditions (e.g. unconfigured pads).
- The read/write/probe functions try to identify unconfigured bus.
- Status functions now read irqstatus_raw as per TRM guidelines
(except for OMAP243X and OMAP34XX).
- Driver now supports up to I2C5 (OMAP5).
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The omap2420H4 was the only mainline omap24xx board. Prior to being
fixed by Jon Hunter in time for v2013.04 it had been functionally broken
for a very long time. Remove this board as there's not been interest in
it in U-Boot for quite a long time.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Add MMC support for da830 boards in order to perform
mmc operations(read,write and erase).
Signed-off-by: Vishwanathrao Badarkhe, Manish <manishv.b@ti.com>
Add some useful functions, and the corresponding definitions.
Add support for powering on the dra7xx_evm SD/MMC LDO
(courtesy Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>).
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
DRA7 EVM board has the below configuration. Adding the
settings for the same here.
2Gb_1_35V_DDR3L part * 2 on EMIF1
2Gb_1_35V_DDR3L part * 4 on EMIF2
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Update PLL values.
SYS_CLKSEL value for 20MHz is changed to 2. In other platforms
SYS_CLKSEL value 2 represents reserved. But in sys_clk array
ind 1 is used for 13Mhz. Since other platforms are not using
13Mhz, reusing index 1 for 20MHz.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
NON SECURE SRAM is 512KB in DRA7xx devices.
So fixing it here.
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The sys_clk on the dra evm board is 20MHZ.
Changing the configuration for the same.
And also moving V_SCLK, V_OSCK defines to
arch/clock.h for OMAP4+ boards.
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Slew rate compensation cells are not present for DRA7xx
Soc's. So return from function srcomp_enable() if soc is not
OMAP54xx.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
DRA752 now uses AVS Class 0 voltages which are voltages in efuse.
This means that we can now use the optimized voltages which are
stored as mV values in efuse and program PMIC accordingly.
This allows us to go with higher OPP as needed in the system without
the need for implementing complex AVS logic.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
In DRA7xx Soc's voltage scaling is done using GPI2C.
So i2c_init should happen before scaling. I2C driver
uses __udelay which needs timer to be initialized.
So moving timer_init just before voltage scaling.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
TPS659038 is the power IC used in DRA7XX boards.
Adding support for this and also adding pmic data
for DRA7XX boards.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The registers that are used for device identification
are changed from OMAP5 to DRA7xx.
Using the correct registers for DRA7xx.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Voltage scaling can be done in two ways:
-> Using SR I2C
-> Using GP I2C
In order to support both, have a function pointer in pmic_data
so that we can call as per our requirement.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
SGX clocks should be enabled only for OMAP5 ES1.0.
So this can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
After having the u-boot clean up series, there are
many definitions that are unused in header files.
Removing all those unused ones.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The newly introduced function setup_warmreset_time(), called
from within prcm_init(), tries to write to the prm_rsttime
OMAP5 register. The struct member holding this register's
address is however initialized for OMAP5 ES2.0 only. On ES1.0
devices this uninitialized value causes a second (warm) reset
at startup.
Add .prm_rsttime address init to the ES1.0 struct.
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Patch adds a call of abb_setup() function, and proper registers
definitions needed for ABB setup sequence. ABB is initialized
for MPU voltage domain.
Signed-off-by: Andrii Tseglytskyi <andrii.tseglytskyi@ti.com>
Adaptive Body Biasing (ABB) modulates transistor bias voltages
dynamically in order to optimize switching speed versus leakage.
Adaptive Body-Bias ldos are present for some voltage domains
starting with OMAP3630. There are three modes of operation:
* Bypass - the default, it just follows the vdd voltage
* Foward Body-Bias - applies voltage bias to increase transistor
performance at the cost of power. Used to operate safely at high
OPPs.
* Reverse Body-Bias - applies voltage bias to decrease leakage and
save power. Used to save power at lower OPPs.
Signed-off-by: Andrii Tseglytskyi <andrii.tseglytskyi@ti.com>
Acked-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
This fixes several warnings like
In file included from ./u-boot/include/linux/mtd/mtd.h:13:0,
from env_onenand.c:37:
./u-boot/build/vct_platinumavc_onenand_small/include2/asm/errno.h:52:0: warning: "ENOMSG" redefined [enabled by default]
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
The purpose of the __raw* IO accessors is to provide
IO access in native-endian order. However in the current
MIPS implementation, the 16 and 32 bit variants of the
__raw accessors are swapping the values on big-endian
systems if the CONFIG_SWAP_IO_SPACE option is enabled.
The patch changes the IO accessor macros to fix this
broken behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
The pci_indirect.c file is always compiled when
CONFIG_PCI is defined although the indirect PCI
bridge support is not needed by every board.
Introduce a new CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE
config option and only compile indirect PCI
bridge support if this options is enabled.
Also add the new option into the configuration
files of the boards which needs that.
Compile tested for powerpc, x86, arm and nds32.
MAKEALL results:
powerpc:
--------------------- SUMMARY ----------------------------
Boards compiled: 641
Boards with warnings but no errors: 2 ( ELPPC MPC8323ERDB )
----------------------------------------------------------
Note: the warnings for ELPPC and MPC8323ERDB are present even
without the actual patch.
x86:
--------------------- SUMMARY ----------------------------
Boards compiled: 1
----------------------------------------------------------
arm:
--------------------- SUMMARY ----------------------------
Boards compiled: 311
----------------------------------------------------------
nds32:
--------------------- SUMMARY ----------------------------
Boards compiled: 3
----------------------------------------------------------
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Some ARM compilers may emit code that makes unaligned accesses when
faced with constructs such as:
char mac[16] = "ethaddr";
Replace this with a strcpy() call instead to avoid this. strcpy() is
used here, rather than replacing all usage of the mac variable with the
string itself, since the loop itself sprintf()s to the variable each
iteration, so strcpy() is doing basically the same thing.
Reported-by: Florian Meier
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
This commit refactors common/board_f.c and common/board_r.c
in order to delete the dest_addr and dest_addr_sp from
gd_t struct.
As mentioned as follows in include/asm-generic/global_data.h,
/* TODO: is this the same as relocaddr, or something else? */
unsigned long dest_addr; /* Post-relocation address of U-Boot */
dest_addr is the same as relocaddr.
Likewise, dest_addr_sp is the same as start_addr_sp.
It seemed dest_addr/dest_addr_sp was used only as a scratch variable
to calculate relocaddr/start_addr_sp, respectively.
With a little refactoring, we can delete dest_addr and dest_addr_sp.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Jump into full u-boot mode if a 'c' character is received on the uart.
We need to adjust the spl bss/malloc area to not overlap with the
loadaddr of the kernel (sdram + 32k), so move it past u-boot instead.
For raw mmc, we store the kernel parameter area in the free space after
the MBR (if used). For nand, we use the last sector of the partition
reserved for u-boot.
This also enables the spl command in the full u-boot so the kernel
parameter area snapshot can be created.
Signed-off-by: Peter Korsgaard <peter.korsgaard@barco.com>
If Falcon mode support is enabled (and the system isn't directed into
booting u-boot), it will instead try to load kernel from sector
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR and
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS of kernel argument parameters
starting from sector CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR.
Signed-off-by: Peter Korsgaard <peter.korsgaard@barco.com>
If Falcon mode support is enabled (and the system isn't directed into
booting u-boot), it will instead try to load kernel from
CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME file and kernel argument parameters from
CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME, both from the same partition as u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Peter Korsgaard <peter.korsgaard@barco.com>
The non-SPL build of U-Boot on Tegra only runs on a single CPU, and
hence there is no need to enable the SCU when running U-Boot. If an
SMP OS is booted, and it needs the SCU enabled, it will enable the SCU
itself. U-Boot doing so is redundant.
The one exception is Tegra20, where an enabled SCU is required for some
aspects of PCIe to work correctly.
Some Tegra SoCs contain CPUs without a software-controlled SCU. In this
case, attempting to turn it on actively causes problems. This is the case
for Tegra114. For example, when running Linux, the first (or at least
some very early) user-space process will trigger the following kernel
message:
Unhandled fault: imprecise external abort (0x406) at 0x00000000
This is typically accompanied by that process receving a fatal signal,
and exiting. Since this process is usually pid 1, this causes total
system boot failure.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
[swarren, fleshed out description, ported to upstream chipid APIs]
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
[trini: Applied v1 of the series rather than v2, this commit is the
delta from v1 to v2]
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
When running the "save" command several times on a mx6qsabresd we see:
U-Boot > save
Saving Environment to MMC...
Writing to MMC(1)... done
U-Boot > save
Saving Environment to MMC...
MMC partition switch failed
U-Boot > save
Saving Environment to MMC...
Writing to MMC(1)... done
U-Boot > save
Saving Environment to MMC...
MMC partition switch failed
U-Boot > save
Saving Environment to MMC...
Writing to MMC(1)... done
U-Boot > save
Saving Environment to MMC...
MMC partition switch failed
This issue is caused by the incorrect usage of CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART.
CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART should be used to specify the mmc partition that stores
the environment variables.
On some imx boards it is been incorrectly used to pass the partition of kernel
and dtb files for the 'mmcpart' script variable.
Remove the CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART usage and configure the 'mmcpart' variable
directly.
Reported-by: Jason Liu <r64343@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Jason Liu <r64343@freescale.com>
The location of valid scratch space is dependent on SoC, so move that
there. On OMAP4+ we continue to use SRAM_SCRATCH_SPACE_ADDR. On
am33xx/ti814x we want to use what the ROM defines as "public stack"
which is the area after our defined download image space. Correct the
comment about and location of CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Add a DT simple-framebuffer node to DT when booting the Linux kernel.
This will allow the kernel to inherit the framebuffer configuration from
U-Boot, and display a graphical boot console, and even run a full SW-
rendered X server.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
simple-framebuffer is a new device tree binding that describes a pre-
configured frame-buffer memory region and its format. The Linux kernel
contains a driver that supports this binding. Implement functions to
create a DT node (or fill in an existing node) with parameters that
describe the framebuffer format that U-Boot is using.
This will be immediately used by the Raspberry Pi board in U-Boot, and
likely will be used by the Samsung ARM ChromeBook support soon too. It
could well be used by many other boards (e.g. Tegra boards with built-in
LCD panels, which aren't yet supported by the Linux kernel).
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We need to call the save_omap_boot_params function on am33xx/ti81xx and
other newer TI SoCs, so move the function to boot-common. Only OMAP4+
has the omap_hw_init_context function so add ifdefs to not call it on
am33xx/ti81xx. Call save_omap_boot_params from s_init on am33xx/ti81xx
boards.
Reviewed-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Prior to Sricharan's cleanup of the boot parameter saving code, we
did not make use of NON_SECURE_SRAM_START on am33xx, so it wasn't a
problem that the address was pointing to the middle of our running SPL.
Correct to point to the base location of the download image area.
Increase CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE to account for this scratch area being
used. As part of correcting these tests, make use of the fact that
we've always been placing our stack outside of the download image area
(which is fine, once the downloaded image is run, ROM is gone) so
correct the max size test to be the ROM defined top of the download area
to where we link/load at.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
---
Changes in v2:
- Fix typo noted by Peter Korsgaard
This can be useful to force bootcmd to execute as soon as U-Boot has
started.
My use-case is: An SoC-specific tool pushes U-Boot into RAM, along with
an image to be written to device boot flash, with the DT config property
"bootcmd" set to contain a command to write that image to flash. In this
scenario, we don't want to allow any stale bootdelay value taken from
the current flash content to affect how long it takes before the
flashing process starts.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Gerald Van Baren <vanbaren@cideas.com>
We know the exact property names that the code wants to process. Look
these up directly with fdt_get_property(), rather than iterating over
all properties within the node, and checking each property's name, in
a convoluted fashion, against the expected name.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Initialized character arrays on the stack can cause gcc to emit code that
performs unaligned accessess. Make the data static to avoid this.
Note that the unaligned accesses are made when copying data to prefix[] on
the stack from .rodata. By making the data static, the copy is completely
avoided. All explicitly written code treats the data as u8[], so will never
cause any unaligned accesses.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The generic-board board_init_f function called board_postclk_init twice.
The first one came from arch/arm/lib/board.c, while the second one
from arch/powerpc/lib/board.c.
This commit deletes the first occurrence.
In addition, the second get_clocks call is moved after
board_postclk_init in order to keep the function call order
both for ARM and PowerPC.
ARM board calles get_clocks function after board_postclk_init.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Make sure to never access beyond bounds of either EFI partition name
or DOS partition name. This situation is happening:
part.h: disk_partition_t->name is 32-byte long
part_efi.h: gpt_entry->partition_name is 36-bytes long
The loop in part_efi.c copies over 36 bytes and thus accesses beyond
the disk_partition_t->name .
Fix this by picking the shortest of source and destination arrays and
make sure the destination array is cleared so the trailing bytes are
zeroed-out and don't cause issues with string manipulation.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The image code is fairly complex with various different options. It would
be useful to have comprehensive tests for this.
As a start, create a script which tries out loading a kernel/ramdisk/fdt
from a FIT and checks that the images appear in the right place in memory.
This uses sandbox which now supports bootm and related features.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that the code for loading these three images from a FIT is common, we
don't need individual boostage IDs for each of them.
Note: there are some minor changes in the bootstage numbering, particuarly
for kernel loading. I don't believe this matters.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use map_sysmem() to convert from address to pointer, so that sandbox can
print FIT information without crashing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the new common code to load a flat device tree. Also fix up a few casts
so that this code works with sandbox. Other than that the functionality
should not change.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present code to load an image from a FIT is duplicated in the three
places where it is needed (kernel, fdt, ramdisk).
The differences between these different code copies is fairly minor.
Create a new function in the fit code which can handle any of the
requirements of those cases.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These are not actually used in mkimage itself, but the image code (which
is common with mkimage) does use them. To avoid #ifdefs in the image code
just for mkimage, define dummy version of these here. The compiler will
eliminate the dead code anyway.
A better way to handle this might be to split out more things from common.h
so that mkimage can include them. At present any file that mkimage uses
has to be very careful what headers it includes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Loading a ramdisk, kernel or FDT goes through similar stages. Create
a block of IDs for each task, and define a consistent numbering within
the block. This will allow use of common code for image loading.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Define a simple debug condition at the top of the file, to avoid using
lots of #ifdefs later on.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Define a simple debug condition at the top of the file, to avoid using
lots of #ifdefs later on.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
There are a few over-long lines and other checkpatch problems in this area
of the code. Prepare the ground for the next patch by tidying these up.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
These functions are now available, so use them to avoid extra code here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
There are two implementations of abortboot(). Turn these into two separate
functions, and create a single abortboot() which calls either one or the
other.
Also it seems that nothing uses abortboot() outside main, so make it static.
At this point there is no further use of CONFIG_MENU in main.c.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This is not currently used, since autoboot is not enabled for this
board, but the string is missing a parameter. Add it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Add minimal support (only boot from mmc device) for the Congatec
Conga-QEVAl Evaluation Carrier Board with conga-Qmx6q (i.MX6 Quad
processor) module.
Signed-off-by: Leo Sartre <lsartre@adeneo-embedded.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
This requires that cpu_is_exynos4/5 should be made available before tzpc_init.
Hence this patch also makes necessary changes to have cpu_info in spl and
invokes arch_cpu_init before tzpc_init in low_level_init.S for smdk5250.
Signed-off-by: Inderpal Singh <inderpal.singh@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Chander Kashyap <chander.kashyap@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
tzpc_init is common for all exynos5 boards, hence move it to
armv7/exynos so that all other boards can use it.
Also update the smdk5250 Makefile and config file.
Signed-off-by: Inderpal Singh <inderpal.singh@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Chander Kashyap <chander.kashyap@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
The boot logo matching is now done in following way:
- use LOGO_BMP if it is set, or
- use $(BOARD).bmp if it exists in tools/logos, or
- use $(VENDOR).bmp if it exists in tools/logos, or
- use denx.bmp otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Acked-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
The number of gpio signal is packed inside CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS macro
(shifted and or'ed with chip select), so it's incorrect to pass
that macro directly as an argument to gpio_direction_output() call.
Also, SPI driver sets the direction and initial value of a gpio,
used as a chip select signal, before any actual activity happens
on the bus.
So, it is safe to just remove the gpio_direction_output call,
that works incorrectly, thus making no effect, anyway.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gabbasov <andrew_gabbasov@mentor.com>
Tested-by: Robert Winkler <robert.winkler@boundarydevices.com>
Acked-by: Dirk Behme <dirk.behme@de.bosch.com>
There are 3 IO expanders on the mx6qsabreauto all reset by the
same GPIO, just set it to high to use the IO.
Signed-off-by: Renato Frias <b13784@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
When the mx6slevk board support was added in U-boot there was no device tree
support for mx6sl, so only a FSL 3.0.35 was tested at that time.
Now that mx6slevk support is available we can boot a device tree kernel, by
adjusting CONFIG_LOADADDR into a proper location, so that a non-dt and a dt
kernels can be booted.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
The vectoring table has to be placed at 0x0, but U-Boot on MX23/MX28
starts from RAM, so the vectoring table at 0x0 is not present. Craft
code that will be placed at 0x0 and will redirect interrupt vectoring
to proper location of the U-Boot in RAM.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
CC: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
CC: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
This patch adds lpuart support for Vybrid VF610 platform.
Signed-off-by: TsiChung Liew <tsicliew@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <b18965@freescale.com>
This patch adds FEC support for Vybrid VF610 platform.
In function fec_open(), RCR register is only set as RGMII mode. But RCR
register should be set as RMII mode for VF610 platform.
This configuration is already done in fec_reg_setup(), so this piece of
code could just leave untouched the FEC_RCNTRL_RGMII / FEC_RCNTRL_RMII /
FEC_RCNTRL_MII_MODE bits.
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <b18965@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Benoit Thebaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
This patch adds generic codes to support Freescale's Vybrid VF610 CPU.
It aligns Vybrid VF610 platform with i.MX platform. As there are
some differences between VF610 and i.MX platforms, the specific
codes are in the arch/arm/cpu/armv7/vf610 directory.
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <b18965@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
This patch adds the IOMUX support for Vybrid VF610 platform.
There is a little difference for IOMUXC module between VF610 and i.MX
platform, the muxmode and pad configuration share one 32bit register on
VF610, but they are two independent registers on I.MX platform. A
CONFIG_IOMUX_SHARE_CONFIG_REG was introduced to fit this difference.
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <b18965@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
This patch does a similar code reogranzation from
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/132179/
which is based on an old version of code (fdt support and bus selection
still not in). It merges this tidy-up on top of the recent code. It does
not make any logical change.
tpm.c implements the interface defined in tpm.h based on underlying
LPC or I2C TPM driver. tpm.c and the underlying driver communicate
throught tpm_private.h.
Note: Merging the LPC driver with tpm.c is left to future patches.
Change-Id: Ie1384f5f9e3935d3bc9a44adf8de80c5a70a5f2b
Signed-off-by: Tom Wai-Hong Tam <waihong@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The new name is more aligned with Linux kernel's naming of TPM driver.
Signed-off-by: Tom Wai-Hong Tam <waihong@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds a print messages while using 'sf read' and
'sf write' commands to make sure that how many bytes read/written
from/into flash device.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This patch adds a print messages while using 'sf erase' command
to make sure that how many bytes erased in flash device.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Missing return after memcpy is done for memory-mapped SPI flashes,
hence added retun 0 after memcpy done.
The return is missing in below patch
"sf: Enable FDT-based configuration and memory mapping"
(sha1: bb8215f437)
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Support interfaces with a preamble before each received message.
We handle this when the client has requested a SPI_XFER_END, meaning
that we must close of the transaction. In this case we read until we
see the preamble (or a timeout occurs), skipping all data before and
including the preamble. The client will receive only data bytes after
the preamble.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
A SPI slave may take time to react to a request. For SPI flash devices
this time is defined as one bit time, or a whole byte for 'fast read'
mode.
If the SPI slave is another CPU, then the time it takes to react may
vary. It is convenient to allow the slave device to tag the start of
the actual reply so that the host can determine when this 'preamble'
finishes and the actual message starts.
Add a preamble flag to the available SPI flags. If supported by the
driver then it will ignore any received bytes before the preamble
on each transaction. This ensures that reliable communication with
the slave is possible.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
This patch is essentially an update of u-boot MTD subsystem to
the state of Linux-3.7.1 with exclusion of some bits:
- the update is concentrated on NAND, no onenand or CFI/NOR/SPI
flashes interfaces are updated EXCEPT for API changes.
- new large NAND chips support is there, though some updates
have got in Linux-3.8.-rc1, (which will follow on top of this patch).
To produce this update I used tag v3.7.1 of linux-stable repository.
The update was made using application of relevant patches,
with changes relevant to U-Boot-only stuff sticked together
to keep bisectability. Then all changes were grouped together
to this patch.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Lapin <slapin@ossfans.org>
[scottwood@freescale.com: some eccstrength and build fixes]
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Replace all relocate_code routines from ARM start.S files
with a single instance in file arch/arm/lib/relocate.S.
For PXA, this requires moving the dcache unlocking code
from within relocate_code into c_runtime_cpu_setup.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
cpu_init_crit() can be skipped, but the code is still enabled requiring a
platform to supply lowlevel_init().
Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@ingics.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Make U-Boot aware of the Tegra20 SKU 7, and treat it identically
to any other Tegra20.
My Whistler board has a SoC with this SKU.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Make U-Boot aware of the Tegra114 SKU 1, and treat it identically
to any other Tegra114.
This value is used on (at least some) Dalmore boards with a production
rather than engineering chip. Such boards are in the hands of some
partners who want to use upstream U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Even when eventually building u-boot-dtb-tegra.bin, separately building
u-boot-nodtb-tegra.bin can be useful, since building it encapsulates the
SPL padding step. If you want to tweak u-boot.dtb and regenerate
u-boot-dtb-tegra.bin, it is then a simple cat operation.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
When adjusting peripheral clocks always use find_best_divider()
instead of clk_get_divider() even when a secondary divider is not
available. In the case where is requested clock is too slow to be
derived from the parent clock this allows a best effort to get close
to the requested clock.
This comes up for commands like "sf" where the user can pass a clock
speed on the command line or "sspi" where the clock is hardcoded to
1MHz, but the Tegra114 SPI controller can't go that low.
Signed-off-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Did a 'strings u-boot-dtb-tegra.bin | less' and saw that both
board and board_name == beaver. Didn't test as I have no T30
Beaver board here.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Add support for Winbond W25Q256 SPI flash.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
dcbi instruction has been used to clear D-cache lock. However, the cache
lock is persistent for e6500 core. Use dcblc to clear the lock explicitly.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Boot ROM code creates TLB entries for 3.5G space before entering
the u-boot. Earlier we were deleting these entries after early
initialization of CPU. In recent past, code has been added
to invalidate all these entries before relocation of u-boot code.
So this code to delete TLB entries after CPU initialization
is no longer required.
Signed-off-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Matthew McClintock <msm@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Current driver of p5040 assumes 10G port follows 1G port DTSEC5 in
eth port enum structure, it will assign mdio mux depend on this assumption.
This is not true with Fman V3, which added more 1G ports after port DTSEC5
in eth port enum structure, then 10G ports on p5040 will have wrong mdio mux.
So we use dynamic index for 10G ports instead of hardcoded enum value
when doing mdio mux for 10G ports.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
B4420 is a subset of B4860. Merge them in config_mpc85xx.h to simplify
the defines.
- Removed #define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_NUM_CLUSTERS as this is used nowhere.
- defined CONFIG_SYS_NUM_FM1_10GEC to 0 for B4420 as it does not have 10G.
Also move CONFIG_E6500 out of B4860QDSds.h into config_mpc85xx.h.
Signed-off-by: Poonam Aggrwal <poonam.aggrwal@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
SPANSION recommend S25FL128S supersedes S25FL129P, and the two flash
memory have the same device ID and Memory architecture. So they can
use the same config parameters.
Signed-off-by: Xie Xiaobo <X.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
PC board has different serdes clock setting with PB board, it uses same
serdes frequency setting on bank2 as on bank1. PC board can be distingushed
from PB board by checking CPLD version, if running on PC board, then fix
the serdes reference clock frequency of bank2.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Crossbar switches were wrongly programmed to
route the CPRI lanes to SFP as the connectivity table
was not correct.
Modified it correctly for SFPs connections.
Signed-off-by: Shaveta Leekha <shaveta@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
QSGMII card has different PHY address against previous SGMII card.
We check the type of card in slots and set correct PHY address to
avoid complainning "PHY reset timed out" during u-boot booting up.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
- Added SERDES2 PRTCLs = 0x98, 0x9E
- Default Phy Addresses for Teranetics PHY on XAUI card
The PHY addresses of Teranetics PHY on XAUI riser card are assigned
based on the slot it is in. Switches SW4[2:4] and SW6[2:4] on
AMC2PEX-2S On B4860QDS, AMC2PEX card decide the PHY addresses on slot1
and slot2
- Configure MDIO for 10Gig Mac
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.gupta@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Use QIXIS measurement registers to obtain sysclk and ddr clock. This
allows using non-standard clock speeds, set by directly writing to
clock chip or store the values in qixis clock data eeprom.
Signed-off-by: Ed Swarthout <Ed.Swarthout@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
QIXIS includes frequency measurement functions for each major processor
clock input. After reset (and after clocks are stable), QIXIS measures
the clocks against a reference frequency and stores the results in
CLK_FREQ registers. A base register supplies a multiplier which allows
directly obtaining the measured value, without requiring knowledge of
the target system or QIXIS core frequency.
Signed-off-by: Ed Swarthout <Ed.Swarthout@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Allow DDR clock runs faster than SPD specifes. This may cause memory
failure, but the user should know what is going to happen when using
higher than expected DDR clock.
Signed-off-by: Ed Swarthout <Ed.Swarthout@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
To align with chassis generation 2 spec, all cores are numbered in sequence.
The cores may reside across multiple clusters. Each cluster has zero to four
cores. The first available core is numbered as core 0. The second available
core is numbered as core 1 and so on.
Core clocks are generated by each clusters. To identify the cluster of each
core, topology registers are examined.
Cluster clock registers are reorganized to be easily indexed.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
T1040 and variants have e5500 cores and are compliant to QorIQ Chassis
Generation 2. The major difference between T1040 and its variants is the
number of cores and the number of L2 switch ports.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
T4160 is a subset of T4240. Merge them in config_mpc85xx.h to simplify
the defines. Also move CONFIG_E6500 out of t4qds.h into config_mpc85xx.h.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Added a default RCW(1_28_6_12) and PBI configure file for T4240, so it can use
PBL tool to produce the ramboot image.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Allow VDD voltage overriding with a command. This is an add-on feasture of
VID. To override VDD, use command vdd_override with the value of voltage
in mV, for example
vdd_override <voltage in mV, eg. 1050>
The above example will set the VDD to 1.050 volt. Any wrong value out of
range of 0.8188 to 1.2125 volt or invalid string is ignored.
In addition to the command, if overriding VDD is needed earlier in booting
process, save an variable and reboot:
setenv t4240qds_vdd_mv <voltage in mV>
saveenv
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
"cpu <num> status" should check if core is disabled before printing
the spin table location.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
TN80xx has same PHY ID as TN2020, but it needs different setting to register
30.93 which used to select line, so we read register 30.32 which has
bit 15:12 to indicate PHY hardware version, for TN20xx we will get 3 or 2,
for TN80xx we will get 5 or 4.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Print more detail information including core voltage, RCW source, switch
settings, etc. with bdinfo command.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
CC: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The "cp" command has not worked since
commit 0628ab8ec5,
because of the following lines, which set the destination
and the source to the same address.
buf = map_sysmem(addr, bytes);
src = map_sysmem(addr, bytes);
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Commit 50ce4c0 "fs/ext4: Support device block sizes != 512 bytes"
modified ext4fs_set_blk_dev() to calculate total_sect based on
get_fs()->dev_desc->log2blksz rather than SECTOR_SIZE. However, this
value wasn't yet assigned. Move the assignment earlier so the code
doesn't crash or hang.
Cc: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.com>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
While other architectures have enabled these gcc / ld options for some
time on U-Boot itself, ARM has only been doing this on SPL. Enable this
on full U-Boot as well now.
Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Add Seagate GoFlex Home support
Start with dockstar configuration
define support for RTC, DATE, SATA and EXT4FS
Signed-off-by: Suriyan Ramasami <suriyan.r@gmail.com>
This adds support for the Cortex-A15-TC2 core tile for the Versatile
Express board by ARM. This is mostly a copy of the A5 support file,
but will be extended later with A15 specific options.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@linaro.org>
This patch creates a new config for the A5 dual core tile that includes the
generic config for the Versatile Express platform.
The generic config has been modified to provide support for the Extended
Memory Map, as used on the A5 core tile. A5 does not support the legacy
memory map.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Harkin <ryan.harkin@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@linaro.org>
The current ca9x4_ct_vxp platform contains support for a Versatile
Express motherboard with a quad core A9 core tile.
This patch separates the Versatile Express motherboard code and the
A9 specific code, to ease supporting more core tiles in the next
patches.
Andre: merged the first two of Ryan's original patches and did some
checkpatch fixes.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Harkin <ryan.harkin@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@linaro.org>
When base address given was out of valid flash address ranges,
flash_get_info() function returned the pointer to the last
element of flash_info[i] array.
This patch changes this function to return NULL pointer
in such a case, which is more correct behaviour.
The function flash_protect_default() calls flash_protect()
immediately after flash_get_info() invocation.
With this correction, flash_protect() function would be
able to return soon, for NULL flash_info.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Linux Kernel Documentation/CodingStyle says:
Do not add a space after unary operators such as &, *, ...
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Packed structure cfi_qry contains unaligned 16- and 32-bits members,
accessing which causes problems when cfi_flash driver is compiled with
-munaligned-access option: flash initialization hangs, probably
due to data error.
Since the structure is supposed to replicate the actual data layout
in CFI Flash chips, the alignment issue can't be fixed in the structure.
So, unaligned fields need using of explicit unaligned access macros.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gabbasov <andrew_gabbasov@mentor.com>
Reviewed-By: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When a all 0xFF buffer is passed to drop_ffs, the no-0xFF check loop
will loop forever.
After the fix, If ssize_t i = -1 and size_t l = i + 1, the value of l
will still be 0 as expected.
Signed-off-by: Tao Hou <hotforest@gmail.com>
Cc: Ben Gardiner <bengardiner@nanometrics.ca>
Cc: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Adjust the sizes calculated for whole partition/chip operations by
removing the size of bad blocks so we don't try to erase/read/write
past a partition/chip boundary.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Chapman <hchapman@3gfp.com>
This avoids needing a separate U-Boot config when some revisions
of a board have small-page NAND and other revisions have large-page
NAND (except for NAND SPL targets).
CONFIG_FSL_ELBC_FMR is removed -- it was never used nor documented, and
it gets in the way of this change.
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
This patch enables the uart tx/rx fifo. Now that fifo is enabled,
the uart read/write functions are modfied to check the UFSTAT register
for fifo status instead of UTRSTAT (as required with fifo's enabled).
Tested by booting linux kernel. Before enabling tx/rx fifo
"Uncompressing linux" message is garbled and after enabling it is proper.
Signed-off-by: Alim Akhtar <alim.akhtar@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
According to the latest exynos5 user manual, the equation for
calculating PLL output was changed to
FOUT= MDIV x FIN/(PDIV x 2^SDIV)
earlier it was
FOUT= MDIV x FIN/(PDIV x 2^(SDIV -1))
So updating the clock code accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Hatim Ali <hatim.rv@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Add NAND partition table, EK board support boot up NAND flash using
the same NAND partition table
Add Index in this file
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
This patch implement following things
- The link no longer accessable
- Remove the error configuration command
- Update soldered data flash memory map
- Update at91sam9m10g45ek memory size to 128MiB
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Add sama5d3xek support with following feature
- boot from NAND flash, PMECC support, 4bit ECC @ 512 bytes sector
- boot from SPI flash support
- boot from SD card support
- LCD support
- EMAC support
- USB OHCI support
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
It appears that there are some cases where we have more than 4 banks
of memory. Use CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS if it's defined to handle this.
This will take up a little extra stack space (64 bytes extra if we go
up to 8 banks), but that seems OK.
Signed-off-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
This makes fixup_silent_linux() use malloc() to allocate its
working space, meaning that our maximum kernel command line
should only be limited by malloc(). Previously it was silently
overflowing the stack.
Note that nothing about this change increases the kernel's maximum
command line length. If you have a command line that is >256
bytes it's up to you to make sure that kernel can handle it.
Signed-off-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Currently the mxsfb driver takes the display timings from the 'videomode'
environment variable.
Provide an example on how to set 'videomode' for using splash screen on
mx23evk and mx28vk boards.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The logic for the whether to configure for polling or DMA
was mistakenly reversed in this patch:
Commit 7b43db9211
drivers/mmc/fsl_esdhc.c: fix compiler warnings
Signed-off-by: Haijun Zhang <Haijun.Zhang@freescale.com>
CC: Sun Yusong-R58495 <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Faraday FTSDC010 is a MMC/SD host controller.
Although there is already a driver in current u-boot release,
which is modified from eSHDC and contributed by Andes Tech.
Its performance is too terrible on Faraday A36x SoC platforms,
so I turn to implement this new version of driver which is
10+ times faster than the old one.
It's carefully designed to be compatible with Andes chips,
so it should be safe to replace it.
Signed-off-by: Kuo-Jung Su <dantesu@faraday-tech.com>
CC: Andy Fleming <afleming@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The Freescale MPC8220 Power Architecture processors have long reached
EOL; Freescale does not even list these any more on their web site.
Remove the code to avoid wasting maitaining efforts on dead stuff.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Andy Fleming <afleming@gmail.com>
The mpc85xx repuires a special layout on the memory device that is
connected to the eSDHC controller interface. But the file spl_mmc.c
didn't handle this specfic case, there needs a special treatmen, in
the powerpc drictory. So, there is no longer to keep spl_mmc.c on
mpc85xx, CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK is not set.
When CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT is set and CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK is not
set, there was an error in drivers/mmc/spl_mmc.c:
drivers/mmc/libmmc.o:(.got2+0x8): undefined reference to `spl_image'.
Now, the solution is to move the file "spl_mmc.c" to directory "common/spl".
Signed-off-by: Ying Zhang <b40530@freescale.com>
QSGMII card assumed to be used by default, but if SGMII card is used,
it will use different PHY address, but we don't know which card is used
until we access PHY on the card. So we check the card type slot by slot,
if we can read a PHY ID by reading a SGMII PHY address on a slot, then
the slot must have a SGMII card pluged, we mark all ports on that slot,
and fix dts to use the SGMII card PHY address when doing dts fixup
for the marked ports.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
B4860QDS requires DDRC2 has 0 as base address and DDRC1 has higher address.
This is the requirement for DSP cores to run in 32-bit address space.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
This gives boards flexibility to assign other than default addresses to each
DDR controller. For example, DDR controler 2 can have 0 as the base and DDR
controller 1 has higher memory.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The workaround has been updated to use a slightly different magic number.
Change from 0x00003000 to 0x30003000.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
This is what we have done for the UTMI PHY on P3041/P5020. Then the PHY
initialization can be reused in kernel without “usb start” command.
Signed-off-by: Roy Zang <tie-fei.zang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Use QSGMII card PHY address as default SGMII card PHY address, QSGMII card
PHY address is variable depends on different slot.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The VSC8574 is a quad-port Gigabit Ethernet transceiver with four SerDes
interfaces for quad-port dual media capability. This driver supports SGMII
and QSGMII MAC mode. For now SGMII mode is tested.
Signed-off-by: Roy Zang <tie-fei.zang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
- set proper compatible property name for mEMAC.
- fixed ft_fixup_port for dual-role mEMAC, which will lead to
MAC node disabled incorrectly.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
1, Implemented board_ft_fman_fixup_port() to fix port for kernel.
2, Implemented fdt_fixup_board_enet() to fix node status of different
slots and interfaces.
3, Adding detection of slot present for XGMII interface.
4, There is no PHY for XFI, so removed related phy address settings.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
When CONFIG_SYS_FSL_QORIQ_CHASSIS2 is not defined, QMAN frequency will not
be initialized, and QMAN will have a wrong frequency display.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
T4160QDS shares the same platform as T4240QDS. T4160 is a low power
version of T4240, with eight e6500 cores, two DDR3 controllers, and
slightly different SerDes protocols.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Separate CONFIG_PPC_T4240 from board config file. Prepare to add more SoC
variants supported on the same board.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
T4160 SoC is low power version of T4240. The T4160 combines eight dual
threaded Power Architecture e6500 cores and two memory complexes (CoreNet
platform cache and DDR3 memory controller) with the same high-performance
datapath acceleration, networking, and peripheral bus interfaces.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The PIR parsing algorithm we used is not only for E6500. It applies to all
SoCs with chassis 2.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Use decimal and hexadecimal for protocol numbers. It helps to match with
SoC user manual.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
T4240 internal UTMI phy is different comparing to previous UTMI PHY
in P3041.
This patch adds USB 2.0 UTMI Dual PHY new memory map and enable it for
T4240.
The phy timing is very sensitive and moving the phy enable code to
cpu_init.c will not work.
Signed-off-by: Roy Zang <tie-fei.zang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
T4240 has voltage ID fuse. Read the fuse and configure the voltage
correctly. Core voltage has higher tolerance on over side than below.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Missing nodes of crypto, pme, etc in device tree is not a fatal error.
Setting up the qman portal should skip the missing node and continue
to finish the rest.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Should check if interleaving is enabled before using interleaving mode.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Update the timing table to support more rank density, based on the theory
that similar density DIMMs have similar clock adjust and write level start
timing. Update the timing for 1600 and 1866 MT/s. Tested with Micron
MT18JSF1G72AZ-1G9E1 DIMMs, iDIMM M3CN-4GMJ3C0C-M92.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
1. fix 10G mac offset by plus 8;
2. add second 10G port info for FM1 & FM2 when init ethernet info;
3. fix 10G lanes name to match lane protocol table;
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Roy Zang <tie-fei.zang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Reverse the bit sequence to set and display serdes clock frequency
correctly. The correct bit maps in BRDCFG2 are
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
S1RATE[1:0] S2RATE[1:0] S3RATE[1:0] S4RATE[1:0]
Signed-off-by: Roy Zang <tie-fei.zang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The L1 D-cache on e6500 is write-through. This means that it's not
considered a good idea to have the L1 up and running if the L2 is
disabled. We don't actually *use* the L1 until after the L2 is
brought up on e6500, so go ahead and move the L1 enablement after
that code is done.
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Fix ccsr_gur for corenet platform. Remove non-exist registers. Add fuse
status register.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Makes it a bit easier to see if we've properly set them. While
we're in there, modify the accesses to HDBCR0 and HDBCR1 to actually
use those definitions.
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The bit positions for FMAN1 freq in RCW is different for B4860.
Also addded a case when FMAN1 frewuency is equal to systembus.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Singh <Sandeep@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Poonam Aggrwal <poonam.aggrwal@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Added the LAN9730 to list of supported devices. This chip is used
in the sEVM, uEVM and som5_evb. Tested on the som5_evb with dhcp
and ping.
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Sparc only really sets up the ramdisk, but we should still use
image_setup_linux() so that setup is common across all architectures
that use the FDT.
Cover-letter
Introduce a common image_setup_linux() function
This series continues the work to tidy up the image code. Each
architecture has its own code for setting up ready for booting linux.
An attempt is made here to unify these in a single image_setup_linux()
function.
The part of the image code that deals with FDT is split into image-fdt.c
and a few tweaks are added to make FIT images more viable in SPL.
END
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than having similar code in m68k, use image_setup_linux() which
should be common across all architectures that use the FDT.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than having similar code in powerpc, use image_setup_linux() which
should be common across all architectures that use the FDT.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the common FDT setup function that is now available in image. Move
the FDT-specific code to a new bootm-fdt.c and remove unused headers
from bootm.c.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With fewer #ifdefs the code is more readable and more of the code is
compiled for all boards. Add defines in the header file to control
what features are enabled, and then use if() instead of #ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This seems to be a common function for several architectures, so create
a common function rather than duplicating the code in each arch.
Also make an attempt to avoid introducing #ifdefs in the new code, partly
by removing useless #ifdefs around function declarations in the image.h
header.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The image file is still very large, and some of the code is only used when
libfdt is in use. Move this code into a new file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This code is very large, and in SPL it isn't always useful to print
out image information (in fact there might not even be a console
active). So disable this feature unless this option is set.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The fit_handle_file() function is quite long - split out the part that
loads and checks a FIT into its own function. We will use this
function for storing public keys into a destination FDT file.
The error handling is currently a bit repetitive - tidy it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Much of the image code uses addresses as ulongs and pointers interchangeably,
casting between the two forms as needed.
This doesn't work with sandbox, which has a U-Boot RAM buffer which is
separate from the host machine's memory.
Adjust the cost so that translating from a U-Boot address to a pointer uses
map_sysmem(). This allows bootm to work correctly on sandbox.
Note that there are no exhaustive tests for this code on sandbox, so it is
possible that some dark corners remain.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> (v1)
This function will be used to print signatures as well as hashes, so rename
it. Also make it static since it is not used outside this file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
We intend to add signatures to FITs also, so rename this function so that
it is not specific to hashing. Also rename fit_image_set_hashes() and
make it static since it is not used outside this file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The string " error\n" appears in each error string. Move it out to a
common place.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The existing function is long and most of the code is indented a long
way. Before adding yet more code, split this out into its own function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> (v1)
This is the main entry point to the FIT image verification code. We will
be using it to handle image verification with signatures, so rename the
function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This function doesn't need to be exported, and with verification
we want to use it for setting the 'value' property in any node,
so rename it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This function has become quite long and much of the body is indented quite
a bit. Move it into a separate function to make it easier to work with.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This code is never compiled into U-Boot, so move it into a separate
file in tools/ to avoid the large #ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The FIT code is about half the size of the >3000-line image.c. Split this
code into its own file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
One we split out the FIT code from image.c we will need this function.
Export it in the header.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Rather than repeat the line
#if defined(CONFIG_TIMESTAMP) || defined(CONFIG_CMD_DATE) || \
defined(USE_HOSTCC)
everywhere, put this in a header file and #define IMAGE_ENABLE_TIMESTAMP
to either 1 or 0. Then we can use a plain if() in most code and avoid
the #ifdefs.
The compiler's dead code elimination ensures that the result is the same.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Iterating through subnodes with libfdt is a little painful to write as we
need something like this:
for (depth = 0, count = 0,
offset = fdt_next_node(fdt, parent_offset, &depth);
(offset >= 0) && (depth > 0);
offset = fdt_next_node(fdt, offset, &depth)) {
if (depth == 1) {
/* code body */
}
}
Using fdt_next_subnode() we can instead write this, which is shorter and
easier to get right:
for (offset = fdt_first_subnode(fdt, parent_offset);
offset >= 0;
offset = fdt_next_subnode(fdt, offset)) {
/* code body */
}
Also, it doesn't require two levels of indentation for the loop body.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
(Cherry-picked from dtc commit 4e76ec79)
Acked-by: Gerald Van Baren <vanbaren@cideas.com>
Move this definition from aisimage.c to mkimage.h so that it is available
more widely.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
We don't measure boot timing on the host, or with SPL, so use both
conditions in the bootstage header. This allows us to avoid using
conditional compilation around bootstage_...() calls. (#ifdef)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than needing to call one of many hashing algorithms in U-Boot,
provide a function hash_block() which handles this, and can support all
available hash algorithms.
Once we have md5 supported within hashing, we can use this function in
the FIT image code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Coreboot provides a lot of useful timing information. Provide a facility
to add this to bootstage on start-up.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function which allows a (file, function, line number) to be marked
in bootstage.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Che-Liang Chiou <clchiou@chromium.org>
In a previous CL we added the bootstage_relocate(), which should be
called after malloc is initted. Now we call it on generic board.
Signed-off-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Any pointers to name strings that were passed to bootstage_mark_name()
pre-relocation should be copied post-relocation so that they don't get
trashed as the original location of U-Boot is re-used for other
purposes.
This change introduces a new API call that should be called from
board_init_r() after malloc has been initted on any board that uses
bootstage.
Signed-off-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some functions don't have a stub for when CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE is not defined.
Add one to avoid #ifdefs in the code when this is used in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Che-Liang Chiou <clchiou@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Wai-Hong Tam <waihong@chromium.org>
While we don't want PCAT timers for timing, we want timer 2 so that we can
still make a beep. Re-purpose the PCAT driver for this, and enable it in
coreboot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is no longer used since we prefer the more accurate TSC timer, so
remove the dead code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Graeme Russ <graeme.russ@gmail.com>
This timer runs at a rate that can be calculated, well over 100MHz. It is
ideal for accurate timing and does not need interrupt servicing.
Tidy up some old broken and unneeded implementations at the same time.
To provide a consistent view of boot time, we use the same time
base as coreboot. Use the base timestamp supplied by coreboot
as U-Boot's base time.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>base
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The 'Starting linux' message appears twice in the code, but both call
through the same place. Unify these and add calls to bootstage to
mark the occasion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Spang <spang@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Graeme Russ <graeme.russ@gmail.com>
panic_puts() can be called in early boot to display a message. It might
help with early debugging.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Wai-Hong Tam <waihong@chromium.org>
Several files use the global_data pointer without declaring it. This works
because the declaration is currently a NOP. But still it is better to
fix this so that x86 lines up with other archs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since we use CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD on x86, we don't need this anymore.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Graeme Russ <graeme.russ@gmail.com>
Since we don't have real-mode code now, we can remove this chunk of the link
script.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Graeme Russ <graeme.russ@gmail.com>
Graeme Russ pointed out that this code is no longer used. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Graeme Russ <graeme.russ@gmail.com>
Commit 1865286466 (Introduce generic link
section.h symbol files) changed the __bss_end symbol type from char[] to
ulong. This led to wrong relocation parameters which ended up in a not working
u-boot. Unfortunately this is not clear to see cause due to RAM aliasing we
may get a 'half-working' u-boot then.
Fix this by dereferencing the __bss_end symbol where needed.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
The gpio spec for bf54x and bf60x differ a lot from the old gpio driver for bf5xx.
A lot of machine macros are used to accomodate both code in one gpio driver.
This patch split the old gpio driver and move new gpio2 support to the generic
gpio driver folder.
- To enable gpio2 driver, macro CONFIG_ADI_GPIO2 should be defined in the board's
config header file.
- The gpio2 driver supports bf54x, bf60x and future ADI processors, while the
older gpio driver supports bf50x, bf51x, bf52x, bf53x and bf561.
- All blackfin specific gpio function names are replaced by the generic gpio APIs.
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
- Add comments for watchdog event initialization.
- Make sure the writting operation to MMRs are finished.
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
- Move blackfin serial driver to the generic driver folder.
- Move blackfin serial headers to blackfin arch head folder.
- Update the include path to blackfin serial header in start up code.
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Remove blackfin specific implementation of the generic serial API when
early print macro is defined.
In BFIN_BOOT_BYPASS mode, don't call generic serial_puts, because
early print in bypass mode is running before code binary is relocated
to the link address.
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
There may be dirty data in RDBR, so we should discard invalid data.
This operation also clears RXS bit in STAT register.
Signed-off-by: Scott Jiang <scott.jiang.linux@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
BF5xx rx dma causes spi flash random read error.
Accually spi controller has problems both on tx and rx dma.
So remove spi dma support in u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Scott Jiang <scott.jiang.linux@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
- Disable NAND driver on bf537-stamp.
- Make MMC_SPI optional.
- Disable LCD driver on bf527-ezkit.
- Enlarge BF609 nor flash reserved size from 256k to 512k bytes.
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.adi@gmail.com>
Add softswitch_output command for bf609-ezkit to enable softswitches.
Signed-off-by: Bob Liu <lliubbo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
The early serial should not be configured again in initcode() for BYPASS
boot mode and in start() for the other LDR boot modes.
In BYPASS boot mode, the start up code is located in Nor flash address other
than the DRAM address defined in link script. The code embedded string can't
be addressed by its compile time symbol. Calculate it according to the flash
offset.
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Calculate the early uart clock from the system clock registers set by
the bootrom other than the predefine uboot clock macros.
Split the early baudrate setting function and the normal baudrate
setting one.
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Define core 1 L1 code sram start address.
Add function to enable core 1 for BF609 and BF561.
Add config macro to allow customer to run core 1 in uboot init code on core 0.
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Newer gcc versions will sometimes use a Preg when "r" constraints, but
that'll fail if we use an Ireg in the assignment. So force the code
to always use a Dreg.
This also fixes early boot crashes for older Blackfin parts when compiled
with gcc-4.5. This version ends up selecting the same register for the
input and output variables which corrupts the output assignment triggering
an exception.
P2 = 0xffe02008; /* EVT2 */
R0 = RETS;
CALL 1f;
RTN;
1: P2 = RETS; <-- BAD
RETS = R0;
[P2] = P2; <-- BAD
Signed-off-by: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Enable VIDEO and NAND supports only when the config options is defined.
Signed-off-by: Bob Liu <lliubbo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Using IP version for different setting
- Higher version supports 8bit mode
- Higher version bus width setting is different
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Add support for following features:
- nand boot, with PMECC 2bit ECC for 512 bytes sector
- SPI flash boot
- SD card boot
- LCD support
Signed-off-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
[fix -Wimplicit-function-declaration for at91_lcd_hw_init()]
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Since at91sam9n12 is a subset of at91sam9x5, so put all at91sam9n12
definitions in at91sam9x5 head file.
Signed-off-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Using IP version to check whether it has wdrbt bit in mode register
Tested in at91sam9x5ek and at91sam9n12ek.
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
[fix warning about incompatible parameter]
Signed-off-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
The manual resolution in commit ec7023db wrongly removed functions
nand_init and nand_deselect from file drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand_spl.c.
Revert this removal.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The define should not have been put in fdt.h originally, libfdt_env.h
is the proper place for target-specific customizations.
Signed-off-by: Gerald Van Baren <vanbaren@cideas.com>
This commit adds a license header to fdt.h and libfdt_env.h
because the license was omitted.
U-Boot note: the u-boot libfdt_env.h header portion was not applied to
the u-boot libfdt_env.h because that file was created by Gerald Van Baren
(with a license header). - gvb
Ref: DTC commit 27cdc1b1
Signed-off-by: Justin Sobota <jsobota@ti.com>
Acked-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Gerald Van Baren <vanbaren@cideas.com>
This function is useful outside libfdt, so export it.
Ref: DTC commit b7aa300e
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
The boot parameters passed from SPL to UBOOT
must be saved as a part of uboot's gd data
as early as possible, before we will inadvertently
overwrite it. So adding a arch_cpu_init for the required
Socs to save it.
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
[trini: Add igep0033 hunk]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The boot parameters are read from individual variables
assigned for each of them. This been corrected and now
they are stored as a part of the global data 'gd'
structure. So read them from 'gd' instead.
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
[trini: Add igep0033 hunk]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Currently save_boot_params saves the boot parameters passed
from romcode. But this is not stored in a writable location
consistently. So the current code would not work for a
'XIP' boot. Change this by saving the boot parameters in
'gd' which is always writable. Also add a 'C' function
instead of an assembly code that is more readable.
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
These defines are same across OMAP4/5. So move them to
omap_common.h. This is required for the patches that
follow.
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
omap_boot_parameters is same and defined for each
soc. So move this to a common place to reuse it
across socs.
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
The arm_freq and ddr_freq variables are unused, so remove. Fixup
whitespace slightly while in here.
Reviewed-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
these variables are curently defined in several config files but the
driver doesn't use them and defaults to hardcoded values in
nand_defs.h
It's interesting to be able to change this hardcoded valude when the
hardware is not using the default adress signals to drive ALE and CLE
and two configuration defines already exist for this purpose so use
them.
Signed-off-by: Eric Bénard <eric@eukrea.com>
this is needed to bring UART0 out of reset but this function
currently only exists for dm644x/355/365/646x when da850 (at
least am1808 also need it).
Signed-off-by: Eric Bénard <eric@eukrea.com>
"cm-t35" in U-Boot source code is called "cm_t35".
Make the change "cm-t35" -> "cm_t35" for better greppability.
Signed-off-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Currently the cm-t35 support code lives under board/cm_t35 directory.
Some of the code can be shared with other/future CompuLab boards,
so move the cm-t35 to live under board/compulab/cm_t35 directory.
Signed-off-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Tested-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Add the flag to allow runtime enviroment variable modifications.
This is being added so that the board-name can be modified at runtime
to indicate either a panda(4430) or a panda-es(4460)
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Fix the device tree loading for panda(4430) and panda-es(4460)
Modify the board name if a 4460 panda or panda-es is detected
at run time.
In the findfdt add a check for the panda-es board name and load
the panda-es device tree blob.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Warm reset on OMAP5 freezes when USB cable is connected.
Fix requires PRM_RSTTIME.RSTTIME1 to be programmed
with the time for which reset should be held low for the
voltages and the oscillator to reach stable state.
There are 3 parameters to be considered for calculating
the time, which are mostly board and PMIC dependent.
-1- Time taken by the Oscillator to shut + restart
-2- PMIC OTP times
-3- Voltage rail ramp times, which inturn depends on the
PMIC slew rate and value of the voltage ramp needed.
In order to keep the code in u-boot simple, have a way
for boards to specify a pre computed time directly using
the 'CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC'
option. If boards fail to specify the time, use a default
as specified by 'CONFIG_DEFAULT_OMAP_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC' instead.
Using the default value translates into some ~22ms and should work in
all cases.
However in order to avoid this large delay hiding other bugs,
its recommended that all boards look at their respective data
sheets and specify a pre computed and optimal value using
'CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC'
In order to help future board additions to compute this
config option value, add a README at doc/README.omap-reset-time
which explains how to compute the value. Also update the toplevel
README with the additional option and pointers to
doc/README.omap-reset-time.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
[rnayak@ti.com: Updated changelog and added the README]
Signed-off-by: Rajendra Nayak <rnayak@ti.com>
As part of a review of a recent patch to add a new AM335x board, Tom
found several duplicate and/or unused #defines.
This patch simply removes them.
The two affected configs have been recompiled to check nothing was
broken (from a compilation point of view !!)
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Jackson <mpfj-list@mimc.co.uk>
Add 'optargs' variable to be set to additional kernel arguments, similar
to omap3*/am3* usage.
Cc: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
USB TLL clocks do not support 'explicit_en', only 'hw_auto'
control (R. Sricharan). cm_l3init_hsusbtll_clkctrl has to be
moved to the clk_modules_hw_auto_essential[] array in order
to make the clock work.
This fix is needed (but not sufficient) for USB EHCI operation
in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
The IGEP COM AQUILA and CYGNUS are industrial processors modules with
following highlights:
o AM3352/AM3354 Texas Instruments processor
o Cortex-A8 ARM CPU
o 3.3 volts Inputs / Outputs use industrial
o 256 MB DDR3 SDRAM / 128 Megabytes FLASH
o MicroSD card reader on-board
o Ethernet controller on-board
o JTAG debug connector available
o Designed for industrial range purposes
Signed-off-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@iseebcn.com>
EMIF supports a global warm reset mode, during which the
EMIF keeps the SDRAM content. But if leveling is enabled
at the time of warm reset for DDR3, the following steps
needs to be done after warm reset:
1) Keep EMIF in self refresh mode.
2) Reset PHY to bring back the PHY to a known state.
3) Start Levelling procedure.
Doing the same.
And also enabling DLL lock and code output after warm reset.
Tested on OMAP5432 ES2.0
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
We are able to tell the difference between xM Rev Ax/Bx and xM Rev Cx,
and have been for some time. The comment above the function however did
not list this, so update.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
I2C4 and I2C5 are utilized on all known OMAP5 hardware platforms.
In order to be able to select one of these buses however, I2C_BUS_MAX
has to be set to 5; do this here.
Please note that for working bus selection, a fix to the i2c driver
is required as well (subject of a separate patch).
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
I2C4 and I2C5 are utilized on all known OMAP5 hardware platforms.
The I2C4 and I2C5 base addresses were however not defined; do this
here.
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
I2C4 and I2C5 are utilized on all known OMAP5 hardware platforms.
The i2c5 clock was however not enabled; do this here.
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
commit 21144298 (power: twl6035: add palmas PMIC support)
introduced twl6035_i2c_[read|write]_u8
Then, commit dd23e59d (omap5: pbias ldo9 turn on)
introduced palmas_[read|write]_u8 for precisely the same access
function. TWL6035 belongs to the palmas family, so instead of having
an twl6035 API, we could use an generic palmas API instead.
To stay consistent with the function naming of twl4030,6030 accessors,
we use palmas_i2c_[read|write]_u8
Cc: Balaji T K <balajitk@ti.com>
Cc: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Reported-by: Ruchika Kharwar <ruchika@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Since TPS659038/TWL6035/TWL6037 all belong to palmas family of TI PMICs,
rename twl6035_mmc1_poweron_ldo by a more generic palmas_mmc1_poweron_ldo
function.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Since TPS659038/TWL6035/TWL6037 all belong to palmas family of TI PMICs,
rename twl6035_init_settings with an more generic palmas_init_settings
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
TPS659038/TWL6035/TWL6037 all belong to palmas family of TI PMICs
Rename twl6035 to palmas to allow reuse across multiple current and
future platforms
As part of this change, change the CONFIG_TWL6035_POWER to
CONFIG_PALMAS_POWER and update usage of header file accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
twl6030_i2c_[read|write]_u8 can be used else where to access
multi-function device such as twl6030, so move the register access
functions to the common twl6030.h header file.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
u-boot standard i2c read prototype is
i2c_read(addr, reg, 1, &buf, 1)
twl4030_i2c_read_u8(u8 addr, u8 *val, u8 reg)
does not provide consistency, so switch the prototype to be
consistent with rest of u-boot i2c operations:
twl4030_i2c_read_u8(u8 addr, u8 reg, u8 *val)
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
u-boot standard i2c register write prototype is
i2c_reg_write(u8 addr, u8 reg, u8 val)
twl4030_i2c_write_u8(u8 addr, u8 val, u8 reg)
does not provide consistency, so switch the prototype to be
consistent with rest of u-boot i2c operations:
twl4030_i2c_write_u8(u8 addr, u8 reg, u8 val)
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Adds CPSW support to the TI814X EVM configured with
an ET1011C PHY in GMII mode.
Signed-off-by: Matt Porter <mporter@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Adds an ET1011C PHY driver which is derived from the
Linux kernel PHY driver (drivers/net/phy/et1011c.c)
from the v3.9-rc2 tag. Note that an errata workaround
config option is implemented to allow for TX_CLK to be
enabled even when gigabit mode is negotiated. This
workaround is used on the PG1.0 TI814X EVM.
Signed-off-by: Matt Porter <mporter@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
TI814x's version 1 CPSW has a different slave_regs layout.
Add support for the differing registers.
Signed-off-by: Matt Porter <mporter@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Since there are two memory areas defined, vectors and ram,
the linker will error when neither of them are specified for a
section.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Kristiansson <stefan.kristiansson@saunalahti.fi>
The 512 byte block size was hard coded in the ext4 file systems.
Large harddisks today support bigger block sizes typically 4096
bytes.
This patch removes this limitation.
Signed-off-by: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.com>
Many boot image configuration files refer to the
appropriate documentation file, but these references
contain typos in the directory and file name. Fix
them. Also fix reference to doc/README.SPL file.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Prafulla Wadaskar <prafulla@marvell.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Patman requires python 2.7.4 to run but it doesn't
need to be placed in /usr/bin/python.
Use env to ensure that the interpreter used is
the first one on environment's $PATH on system
with several versions of Python installed.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Conflicting tags can prevent buildman from building two series which exist
one after the other in a branch. There is no reason not to allow this sort
of workflow with buildman, so ignore conflicting tags in buildman.
Change-Id: I2231d04d8684fe0f8fe77f8ea107e5899a3da5e8
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
If the environment contains an entry like "=value" "\0" we should throw
an error when parsing the environment. Otherwise, U-Boot will enter in
an infinite loop.
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cojocar <cojocar@gmail.com>
Currently the base setting for CFLAGS is split in two possibilities,
one with -DBUILD_TAG appended at the end and one without, the rest of
CFLAGS is the same in both cases. Change this so CFLAGS are always set
and the -DBUILD_TAG is appended in separate ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Microblaze uses gpio which is connected to the system reset.
Currently gpio subsystem wasn't used for it.
Add gpio driver and change Microblaze reset logic to be done
via gpio subsystem.
There are various configurations which Microblaze can have
that's why gpio_alloc/gpio_alloc_dual(for dual channel)
function has been introduced and gpio can be allocated
dynamically.
Adding several gpios IP is also possible and supported.
For listing gpio configuration please use "gpio status" command
This patch also remove one compilation warning:
microblaze-generic.c: In function 'do_reset':
microblaze-generic.c:38:47: warning: operation on '*1073741824u'
may be undefined [-Wsequence-point]
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
fdt_initrd add additional information to DTB about initrd
addresses which are later used by kernel.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Include this header to get access to link symbols, which are otherwise
removed.
Signed-off-by: Kuan-Yu Kuo <ken.kuoky@gmail.com>
Cc: Macpaul Lin <macpaul@gmail.com>
Without this additional delay, some eMMC don't negotiate properly bus width
Tested on:
- Toshiba THGBM2G8D8FBAIB
- Toshiba THGBM4G4D1HBAR
- Micron MTFC4GMVEA (the one giving the problem)
- Hynix H26M64002BNR
- SanDisk SDIN5E1-32G
Signed-off-by: Davide Bonfanti <davide.bonfanti@bticino.it>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Most of time that MMC driver spends on initializing a device is polling
OCR (operation conditions register). To decouple this polling loop,
device init is split into two parts: The first part fires the OCR query
command, and the second part polls the result. So the caller is now no
longer bound to the OCR-polling delay; he may fire the query, go
somewhere and then come back later for the result.
To use this, call mmc_set_preinit() on any device which needs this.
This can save significant amounts of time on boot (e.g. 200ms) by
hiding the MMC init time behind other init.
Signed-off-by: Che-Liang Chiou <clchiou@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
This function turns on the LCDIF clock and configures it's frequency. The
dividers settings are calculated within the function and the current
implementation should be fast and accurate.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
MUX2_CTR is on GPIO1[5], not GPIO2[5], and it needs to be set high in order to
connect the FEC.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Removed internal cache_flush operations and placed a flush of the
entire frame-buffer at the end of each public function.
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric.nelson@boundarydevices.com>
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
All these macros are completely unused by any code.
CONFIG_FPGA is not a bitfield anymore.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Ensure that wrong bitstream won't be loaded
to current device.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Devcfg device requires to load bitstream in binary format.
But u-boot also has an option for loading bitstream in bit
format. Let's handle both cases by zynqpl driver.
Also add suport for loading partial bitstreams.
The first driver version was done by:
Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
All fpga functions use devnum as int. Only fpga_loadbitstream
is using it as unsinged long dev.
This patch synchronize it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
In bitstream decoding you can directly check device
which you want to load and in fpga.c are fpga_validate
and fpga_dev_info functions which should be used for it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
CONFIG_FPGA in past was a bitfield where bits
were use for vendor identification.
This fix should be the part of this commit:
"Improve configuration of FPGA subsystem"
(sha1: 0133502e39)
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The u-boot-imx23.bd and u-boot-imx28.bd need to be preprocessed, otherwise
they have issues with out-of-tree build where elftosb tool couldn't sometimes
find the u-boot.bin and spl/u-boot-spl.bin .
Preprocess these .bd files with sed and insert full path to u-boot.bin and
spl/u-boot-spl.bin to prevent this issue. Moreover, to avoid adding more
churn into main Makefile, move all this preprocessing and u-boot.sb generation
into CPU directory instead.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
The VDDMEM ramped up in very weird way as it was horribly misconfigured.
Instead of setting up VDDMEM in one swipe, let it rise slowly the same
way as VDDD and VDDA in spl_power_init.c and then only clear ILIMIT before
memory gets inited. This makes sure the VDDMEM rises sanely, not jumps up
and down as it did till now.
The VDDMEM prior to this change did this:
2V0____ .--------2V5
| `--'
0V____|
The VDDMEM now does this:
2V0_____,-----------2V5
/
0V__|
Moreover, VDDIO on MX23 uses 25mV steps while MX28 uses 50mV steps,
fix this difference too.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Put an explanation in the source code as to why some DDR registers do not
need to be configured.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
After the recent fixes in the mx23 DDR setup, it is safe to operate DDR voltage
at the recommended 2.5V voltage level again.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
We can use a common global method for calculating minimum of
3 numbers. Put the same in 'common header' and let 'ehci'
use it.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Fix the Port status bit constants and Port feature number
constants as a part of USB 2.0 and USB 3.0 Hub class.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
Untill now we power-cycle (aka: disable power on a port
and re-enabling again) one port at a time.
Delay of 20ms for Port-power to change multiplies with
number of ports in this case.
So better we parallelize this process:
disable power on all ports, wait for port-power to stabilize
and then re-enable the power subsequently.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
This adds usb framework support for super-speed usb, which will
further facilitate to add stack support for xHCI.
Signed-off-by: Vikas C Sajjan <vikas.sajjan@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
Patch b6d7852c increases timeout for enumeration, taking
worst case to be 10 sec.
get_timer() api returns timestamp in milliseconds, which is
what we are checking in the do-while() loop in usb_hub_configure()
(get_timer(start) < CONFIG_SYS_HZ * 10).
This should give us a required check for 10 seconds, and thereby
we don't need to add additional mdelay of 100 microseconds in
each cycle.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Vipin Kumar <vipin.kumar@st.com>
Fetch the device class into usb device's dwcriptors,
so that the host controller's driver can use this info
to differentiate between HUB and DEVICE.
Signed-off-by: Amar <amarendra.xt@samsung.com>
XHCI ports are powered on after a H/W reset, however
EHCI ports are not. So disabling and re-enabling power
on all ports invariably.
Signed-off-by: Amar <amarendra.xt@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
USB_PRINTF, USB_HUB_PRINTF, USB_STOR_PRINTF, USB_KBD_PRINTF
are nothing but conditional debug prints, depending on DEBUG.
So better remove them and use debug() simply.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
This patch adds a new 'usb test' command, that will set a port to a USB
2.0 test mode (see USB 2.0 spec 7.1.20). It supports all five test modes
on both downstream hub ports and ordinary device's upstream ports. In
addition, it supports EHCI root hub ports.
Signed-off-by: Julius Werner <jwerner@chromium.org>
This commit allows pxa2xx based boards to reimplement reset_cpu()
function with board specific reset sequence.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Dalek <luk0104@gmail.com>
This patch adds a driver for the diskonchip G4 nand flash device. It is based
on the driver from the linux kernel.
This also includes a separate SPL driver. A separate SPL driver is used because
the device operates in a different mode (reliable mode) when loading a boot
image, and also because the storage format of the boot image is different from
normal data (pages are stored redundantly). The SPL driver basically mimics how
a typical IPL reads data from the device. The special operating mode and
storage format are used to compensate for the fact that the IPL does not contain
the BCH ecc decoding algorithm (due to size constraints). Although the u-boot
SPL *could* use ecc, it operates like an IPL for the sake of simplicity and
uniformity, since the IPL and SPL share the task of loading the u-boot image.
As a side benefit, the SPL driver is very small.
[port from linux kernel 3.4 commit 570469f3bde7f71cc1ece07a18d54a05b6a8775d]
Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
If CONFIG_USB_DEV_PULLUP_GPIO is defined, a link error occurs because the
set_GPIO_mode() helper function is not implemented. This function doesn't do
much except make the code a little more readable, so I just manually coded its
equivalent and removed the prototype from the header file. It is invoked no
where else in the code.
While I was at it, I noticed that two other function prototypes in the same
header file are also neither implemented nor invoked anywhere, so I removed them
as well.
Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
Make lcd_init() a weak pointer so that boards can overload it if necessary. The
palmtreo680 board needs to wiggle some gpios and configure the pwm controller in
order to get the lcd and its backlight working.
Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
This patch adds the bitrev library from the linux kernel. This is a simple
algorithm that uses an 8 bit look-up table to reverse the bits in data types of
8, 16, or 32 bit widths. The docg4 nand flash driver uses it.
[port from linux kernel v3.9 commit 7ee32a6d30d1c8a3b7a07a6269da8f0a08662927]
[originally added: v2.6.20 by commit a5cfc1ec58a07074dacb6aa8c79eff864c966d12]
Signed-off-by: Mike Dunn <mikedunn@newsguy.com>
Legacy iomux support is no longer needed now that all boards have been converted
to iomux-v3.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
There is no change of behavior, except for the folloing line that has been
removed because the iomux mode was not set accordingly and the pad used for OTG
OC is not this one:
mxc_iomux_set_input(MX53_USBOH3_IPP_IND_OTG_OC_SELECT_INPUT, 1);
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Allow usage of the imx-common/iomux-v3.h framework by including pad settings for
the i.MX53. The content of the file is taken from Freescale's Linux kernel at
commit 4ab3715, plus the required changes to make it work in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
There is no change of behavior, except for older silicon revisions for which
support is removed.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
There is no change of behavior, except for older silicon revisions for which
support is removed.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Tested-by: Matt Sealey <matt@genesi-usa.com>
There is no change of behavior, except for older silicon revisions for which
support is removed.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Add missing definitions that are required by future changes.
By the way, make some cosmetic cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
In ALT1 mode, EIM_CS2 is GPIO2[27], not ESDHC1.CD. Hence, rename
MX51_PAD_EIM_CS2__SD1_CD to MX51_PAD_EIM_CS2__GPIO2_27.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Legacy iomux support is no longer needed now that all boards have been converted
to iomux-v3.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
The signal connected from this pin to the PMIC is WDOG_B, i.e. ALT0 mode, not
ALT1 (which even corresponds to nothing).
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Allow usage of the imx-common/iomux-v3.h framework by including pad settings for
the i.MX35. The content of the file is taken from Linux kernel at commit
267dd34, plus the required changes to make it work in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Legacy iomux support is no longer needed now that all boards have been converted
to iomux-v3.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
There is no change of behavior, even if some pad control values could probably
be simplified.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
There is no change of behavior, even if some pad control values could probably
be simplified.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
There is no change of behavior, even if some pad control values could probably
be simplified.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Allow usage of the imx-common/iomux-v3.h framework by including pad settings for
the i.MX25. The content of the file is taken from Linux kernel at commit
267dd34, plus the required changes to make it work in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Add support for generic NAND SPL via the SPL framework into the
mxc_nand_spl driver. This is basically just a simple rename and
publication of the already implemented functions. To avoid the
bare-bones functions getting in the way of the NAND_SPL, build
them only if CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK is not defined.
Also make sure the requested payload is aligned to full pages,
otherwise this simple driver fails to load the last page.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
FSL bootlets code set the PORT_PRIORITY_ORDER field of register HW_EMI_CTRL
as 0x2, which means:
PORT0231 = 0x02 Priority Order: AXI0, AHB2, AHB3, AHB1
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
HW_DRAM_CTL27, HW_DRAM_CTL28 and HW_DRAM_CTL35 are not initialized as per
FSL bootlets code.
mx23 Reference Manual mark HW_DRAM_CTL27 and HW_DRAM_CTL28 as "reserved".
HW_DRAM_CTL8 is setup as the last element.
So skip the initialization of these DRAM_CTL registers.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
On mx23 there is no 'DRAM init complete' in register HW_DRAM_CTL18.
Remove this erroneous setting.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Change MUX_CONFIG_EMI to use the same drive strength as the bootlets code from
Freescale, which results in much better stability.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Change MUX_CONFIG_EMI to use the same drive strength as the bootlets code from
Freescale, which results in much better stability.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
On mx23 the pad voltage selection bit needs to be always '0', since '1' is a
reserved value.
For example:
Pin 108, EMI_A06 pin voltage selection:
0= 1.8V (mDDR) or 2.5V (DDR1);
1= reserved.
Fix the pad voltage definitions for the mx23 case.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
With the u-boot-with-spl.bin rule calling $(OBJCOPY) with
CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO, and CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO defaulting to
CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE we cannot use math here, so set it to 4096 rather
than 4 * 1024.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The Hydra and Superhydra (P3041DS, P5020DS, and P5040DS) boards have a
second USB port that can be configured in either host, peripheral (aka
device), or OTG (on-the-go) mode. When configured in host mode, if
the port is connected to another USB host, damage to the board can
occur.
To avoid this, we change the default setting to peripheral mode. Ideally,
we'd set it to OTG mode, but currently there is no OTG support for
these boards.
Setting the hwconfig variable will also update the device tree, and so
Linux will configure the port for peripheral mode as well.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@tabi.org>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
When P1021RDB-PC reboot system, the board will hung at uboot DDR
configuration. For P1021RDB-PC DDR reset pin is multiplex with
QE, so uboot will reserve this pin for QE and skip DDR reset.
Other platforms without QE will do this reset. This patch adds
a slight code to reset DDR chip by QE CE_PB8 pin for NAND and
NOR FLASH boot. For booting from SPI FALSH and SD card, it
seems possible to use the rom on chip to write to the GPIO
pins before configuring the DDR.
Signed-off-by: Xu Jiucheng <B37781@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Xie Xiaobo <X.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Extending LIODN offset range from 1-5 to 1-10
While using a qman portal with a higher index the LIODN offset
is incorrectly set, thus extending the range of offsets covers
all 10 qman portals
Signed-off-by: Cristian Sovaiala <cristian.sovaiala@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Haiying Wang <Haiying.Wang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Change flexcan compatible string from "fsl,flexcan-v1.0"
to "fsl,p1010-flexcan" to match the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Only some chips have four SerDes banks, so don't define lanes for a bank
that doesn't exist.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@tabi.org>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Resolve P1020 second USB controller multiplexing with eLBC
- mandatory to mention USB2 in hwconfig string to select it
over eLBC, otherwise USB2 node is removed
- works only for SPI and SD boot
Signed-off-by: Ramneek Mehresh <ramneek.mehresh@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Kumar Gala <galak@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Zhicheng Fan <B32736@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
There could be scenarios where the user would like to manually(via JTAG)
configure the DDR/L2SRAM and load the bootloader binary onto DDR/L2SRAM.
This document explains thse usecases and the detailed explanation of what needs
to be done to use it.
Most of the code from CONFIG_SYS_RAMBOOT will be used except for small changes
of CCSRBAR etc.
The changes are not very large, but it is good to document them so that user
can get it working at once.
Signed-off-by: Poonam Aggrwal <poonam.aggrwal@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
As per Errata list of BSC9131 and BSC9132, IFC Errata A003399 is no more
valid. So donot compile its workaround.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
On P204x/P304x/P50x0 Rev1.0, USB transmit will result in false internal
multi-bit ECC errors, which has impact on performance, so software should
disable all ECC reporting from USB1 and USB2.
In formal release document, the errata number should be USB14 instead of USB138.
Signed-off-by: xulei <Lei.Xu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Roy Zang <tie-fei.zang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Kumar Gala <galak@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: xulei <B33228@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Add the tlb entries based on the configuration of the SRIO interfaces.
Every SRIO interface has 256M space:
#define CONFIG_SYS_SRIO1_MEM_VIRT 0xa0000000
#define CONFIG_SYS_SRIO1_MEM_PHYS 0xc20000000ull
#define CONFIG_SYS_SRIO2_MEM_VIRT 0xb0000000
#define CONFIG_SYS_SRIO2_MEM_PHYS 0xc30000000ull
Signed-off-by: Liu Gang <Gang.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Some legacy RGMII phys don't have in band signaling for the
speed information. so set the RGMII MAC mode according to
the speed got from PHY.
Signed-off-by: Roy Zang <tie-fei.zang@freescale.com>
Reported-by: John Traill <john.traill@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
For T4/B4, the clockgen node compatible string is updated to version 2.
Add clock-frequency setting for this new version.
Signed-off-by: Tang Yuantian <Yuantian.Tang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Per the latest errata updated, B4860/B4420 Rev 1.0 has also
errata A-005871, so adding define A-005871 for B4 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
B4420/B4860 PCIE can not work because of the wrong definition of
the PCIE register offset in the file:
arch/powerpc/include/asm/immap_85xx.h
Add the judgement of B4420/B4860 to make the register offset to:
#define CONFIG_SYS_MPC85xx_PCIE1_OFFSET 0x200000
Signed-off-by: Liu Gang <Gang.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Add defines needed to access NAND, remove second flash bank that is
actually connected to NAND.
Add nand booting support for P1022DS with hardcoded DDR config using
SPL framework from 2011
Signed-off-by: Matthew McClintock <msm@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerry Huang <Chang-Ming.Huang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiang Yutang <b14898@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Kumar Gala <galak@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Set the device tree property associated with the mpic source
frequency. The frequency is used for mpic timer.
Signed-off-by: Wang Dongsheng <dongsheng.wang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The 'fsl,pme-rev1' and 'fsl-pme-rev2' properties have been added to the
pme portal node. This is required for software to determine which version
of PME hardware is present and take appropriate actions.
These properties are a direct reflection of the corresponding ccsr pme
register value.
Also removed unnecessary static global variables.
Signed-off-by: Jeffrey Ladouceur <Jeffrey.Ladouceur@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
For linux 3.x, the size of each item in interrupt-map property is 9 not 7.
Don't use the static value and calculate the size with following cells:
PCI #address-cells, PCI #interrupt-cells,
PIC address, PIC #address-cells, PIC #interrupt-cells.
Signed-off-by: Bin Jiang <bin.jiang@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The changes to a3m071/a4m2k in summary are:
- Enable CAN1 on I2C in GPS Port Configuration
- Enable SPI on PSC2
- Activate network console
- New flash partitioning
- Fix some typos
- Pass host name to Linux
- Change rootfs to squashfs,jffs2
- Enable UBI/UBIFS support
- Enable FIT support
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The v2013.04 release has this patch set included:
5cb48582 "Add architecture-specific global data"
With this, the global_data struct is now common and new variables
have been added. Resulting in a bigger struct. Unfortunately the
currently allocated 128 bytes are just a bit too small for this
new struct.
This patch now uses the automatically generated struct size instead to
not run into this problem again.
Please note that this problem might hit some other platforms which
currently reserve a tight space of 128 bytes for the global_data
struct!
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The redundancy related defines are only correct for NAND, so guard all
of that area with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This patch add support for storing the environment redundant on
mmc devices. Substantially it re-uses the logic from the NAND implementation,
that means using an incremental counter for marking newer data.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Delete all occurrences of hang() and provide a generic function.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
[trini: Modify check around puts() in hang.c slightly]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
In order to use the generic hang() later on pull libgeneric in SPL.
This has no impact on the SPL size.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
In order to use the generic hang() later on pull libgeneric in SPL.
This has no impact on the SPL size.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
log2 of the device block size serves as the shift value used to calculate
the block number to read in file systems when implementing avaiable block
sizes.
It is needed quite often in file systems thus it is pre-calculated and
stored in the block device descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.com>
Bugfix:
Here at this place we need the fat size in sectors not bytes.
This was found during code review when adding support for storage
devices with blocksizes != 512.
Signed-off-by: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.com>
For ISO we check the block size of the device if this is != the CD sector
size we assume that the device has no ISO partition.
Signed-off-by: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.com>
Disks beyond 2T in size use blocksizes of 4096 bytes. However a lot of
code in u-boot still assumes a 512 byte blocksize.
This patch fixes the handling of GPTs.
Signed-off-by: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.com>
Devices that used to have a whole disk FAT filesystem but got then
partitioned will most likely still have a FAT or FAT32 signature
in the first sector as this sector does not get overwritten by
a partitioning tool (otherwise the tool would risk to kill the mbr).
The current partition search algorithm will erronously detects such
a device as a raw FAT device.
Instead of looking for the FAT or FAT32 signatures immediately we
use the same algorithm as used by the Linux kernel and first check
for a valid boot indicator flag on each of the 4 partitions.
If the value of this flag is invalid for the first entry we then
do the raw partition check.
If the flag for any higher partition is wrong we assume the device
is neiter a MBR nor PBR device.
Signed-off-by: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.com>
The number 512 appears quite a bit in the mmc code. Add a constant for this
so that it can be used here and in other parts of the code (e.g. SPL code
which loads from mmc).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Vadim Bendebury <vbendeb@google.com>
Add "setexpr name gsub r s [t]" and "setexpr name sub r s [t]"
commands which implement substring matching for the regular
expression <r> in the string <t>, and substitution of the string <s>.
The result is assigned to the environment variable <name>. If <t> is
not supplied, the previous value of <name> is used instead. "gsub"
performs global substitution, while "sub" will replace only the first
substring.
Both commands are closely modeled after the gawk functions with the
same names.
Examples:
- Generate broadcast address by substituting the last two numbers of
the IP address by "255.255":
=> print ipaddr
ipaddr=192.168.1.104
=> setexpr broadcast sub "(.*\\.).*\\..*" "\\1255.255" $ipaddr
broadcast=192.168.255.255
- Depending on keyboard configuration (German vs. US keyboard) a
barcode scanner may initialize the MAC address as C0:E5:4E:02:06:DC
or as C0>E5>4E>02>06>DC. Make sure we always have a correct value:
=> print ethaddr
ethaddr=C0>E5>4E>02>06>DC
=> setexpr ethaddr gsub > :
ethaddr=C0:E5:4E:02:06:DC
- Do the same, but substitute one step at a time in a loop until no
futher matches:
=> setenv ethaddr C0>E5>4E>02>06>DC
=> while setexpr ethaddr sub > :
> do
> echo -----
> done
ethaddr=C0:E5>4E>02>06>DC
-----
ethaddr=C0:E5:4E>02>06>DC
-----
ethaddr=C0:E5:4E:02>06>DC
-----
ethaddr=C0:E5:4E:02:06>DC
-----
ethaddr=C0:E5:4E:02:06:DC
-----
C0:E5:4E:02:06:DC: No match
=> print ethaddr
ethaddr=C0:E5:4E:02:06:DC
etc.
To enable this feature, the CONFIG_REGEX option has to be defined in
the board config file.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Simplify the argument checking for the "setexpr" command. This is
done mainly to make future extensions easier.
Also improve the help message for the one argument version of the
command - this does not "load an address", but a value, which in
this context may be a plain number or a pointer dereference.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
When CONFIG_REGEX is enabled, the new option "-e" becomes available
which causes regular expression matches to be used. This allows for
example things like these:
- print all MAC addresses:
=> env grep -e eth.*addr
eth1addr=00:10:ec:80:c5:15
ethaddr=00:10:ec:00:c5:15
- print all variables that have at least 2 colons in their value:
=> env grep -v -e :.*:
addip=setenv bootargs ${bootargs} ip=${ipaddr}:${serverip}:${gatewayip}:${netmask}:${hostname}:${netdev}:off
panic=1
eth1addr=00:10:ec:80:c5:15
ethaddr=00:10:ec:00:c5:15
ver=U-Boot 2013.04-rc1-00289-g497746b-dirty (Mar 22 2013 - 12:50:25)
etc.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Downloaded from http://slre.sourceforge.net/
and adapted for U-Boot environment.
Used to implement regex operations on environment variables.
Code size is ~ 3.5 KiB on PPC.
To enable this code, define the CONFIG_REGEX option in your board
config file.
Note: There are more recent versions of the SLRE library available at
http://slre.googlecode.com ; unfortunately, the new code has a heavily
reorked API which makes it less usable for our purposes:
- the return code is strings, which are more difficult to process
- we don't get any information any more which sub-string of the data
was matched by the given regex
- it is much more cumbersome to work with arbitrary expressions, where
for example the number of substrings for capturing are not known at
compile time
Also, there does not seem to be any real changes or improvements of
the functionality.
Because of this, we deliberately stick with the older code.
Note 2: the test code (built when SLRE_TEST is defined) was modified
to allow for more extensive testing; now we can test the regexp
matching on all lines on a text file (instead of the whole data in the
file as a single block).
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Add options to "env grep" command:
-n : search only the envrironment variable names
-v : search only their values
-b : search both names and values (= default)
An option "--" will stop parsing options, so to print variables that
contain the striing "- " please use:
env grep -- "- "
Or to print all environment varioables which have a '-' in their name,
use:
env grep -n -- -
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
The output of "env grep" is unsorted, and printing is done by a
private implementation to parse the hash table. We have all the
needed code in place in hexport_r() alsready, so let's use this
instead. Here we prepare the code for this, without any functional
changes yet.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
block_read returns unsigned long, so it doesn't make sense to check for
< 0. and neither does marking the header structure as const and then
casting away the constness to load data into it.
Also cleanup some unneeded pointer casting while we're at it.
Signed-off-by: Peter Korsgaard <peter.korsgaard@barco.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This allows write of files from the host filesystem in sandbox. There is
currently no concept of overwriting the file and removing its existing
contents - all writing is done on top of what is there. This means that
writing 10 bytes to the start of a 1KB file will only update those 10
bytes, not truncate the file to 10 byte slong.
If the file does not exist it is created.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enhance the source command to work with sandbox, by using map_sysmem() to
convert a ulong address into a pointer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This allows passing of entire scripts to sandbox with the -c argument,
which is useful for testing. Commands can be delimited with a newline
or semicolon.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This reverts commit 3b73459ea3.
In practice it doesn't seem like a good idea to make the the working
FDT point to the control FDT. Now that we can access the control FDT
using the 'fdt' command, there is no need for this feature. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is an existing fdt command to deal with the working FDT. Enhance this
to support the control FDT also (CONFIG_OF_CONTROL).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This conversion is required in a number of places in U-Boot. Add a
standard function to provide this feature, so we avoid all the different
variations in the way it is coded.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this only checks working_fdt, but we want to check other FDTs
also. So add the FDT to check as a parameter to fdt_valid().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With sandbox it is tricky to add an FDT to the image at build time (or
later) since we build an ELF file, not a plain binary, and the address
space of the whole U-Boot is not accessible in the emulated memory map
of sandbox.
Sandbox can read files directly from the host, though, so add an option
to read an FDT from a host file on start-up.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add generic board support for sandbox. and remove the old board init code.
Select CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD for sandbox now that this is supported.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
In many cases, pointers to memory are passed around, and these pointers
refer to U-Boot memory, not host memory. This in itself is not a
problem.
However, in a few places, we cast that pointer back to a ulong (being
a U-Boot memory address). It is possible to convert many of these cases
to avoid this. However there are data structures (e.g. struct
bootm_headers) which use pointers. We could with a lot of effort adjust
the structs and all code that uses them to use ulong instead of pointers.
This seems like an unacceptable cost, since our objective with sandbox
is to minimise the impact on U-Boot code while maximising the features
available to sandbox.
Therefore, create a map_to_sysmem() function which converts from a
pointer to a U-Boot address. This can be used sparingly when needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the generic board error can occur when configuring U-Boot, or
during distclean, but this is incorrect. The existing autoconf.mk may come
from an earlier U-Boot configuration which is about to be overwritten.
Make the error conditional so that it will only be triggered when we are
actually building U-Boot.
This avoids a problem where the system is being reconfigured to remove
CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD on an architecture that does not support it.
Currently this will print an error and require the manual removal of
include/autoconf.mk.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Devices in CONFIG_SYS_POST_I2C_IGNORES list may be absent
and the rule is not to report I2C POST failure for devices
in this list. Currently this doesn't work since probing for
these devices isn't done and thus they are not marked as
successfully probed. Ignore optional devices when checking
for devices that didn't respond.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Avoid overwriting GEMx_RCLK_CTRL and GEMx_CLK_CTRL
if the Ethernet interface is connect on EMIO
Do not enable emio for this standard board configuration for now.
Signed-off-by: David Andrey <david.andrey@netmodule.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Add all fixed addresses to hardware.h and change petalinux
configuration to support this.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The whole driver used 100Mbps because of zc702 rev B.
Fix problem with not setup proper clock for gem1.
This is generic approach for clk setup.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
BDs can be correctly setup just once and init function
performs only phy autodetection and enabling RX/TX.
RX/TX are disabled in halt function.
This patch solves the problem with repeatable tftp transfers.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Removing this bit causes that frame is sent only once.
(With wrap big one packet has been sent several times
which dramatically decrease throughput)
TRM: (Table 16-3: Tx Buffer Descriptor Entry)
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Move baseaddr to hardware.h to be shared between
configurations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
XPSS prefix was used in past and it is obsolete for quite
some time. Let's use correct SoC name which is Zynq.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Watchdog can be used on Microblaze, PPC and Zynq hw designs.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Fix microblaze soft reset function and disable
all cpu features. Especially disable caches because
IRQs were off by disable_interrupts().
Reported-by: John Williams <john.williams@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Remove CONFIG_SYS_RESET_ADDRESS macro.
It was there from historical point of view
when soft reset was just jump to u-boot text start
(not used right now).
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This is a MIME GnuPG-signed message. If you see this text, it means that
your E-mail or Usenet software does not support MIME signed messages.
The Internet standard for MIME PGP messages, RFC 2015, was published in 1996.
To open this message correctly you will need to install E-mail or Usenet
software that supports modern Internet standards.
Easier for using with patman.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Implement BOOT_OFFSET command for imximage. This command is parallel
to current BOOT_FROM command, but allows more flexibility in configuring
arbitrary image header offset. Also add an imximage.cfg with default
offset values into arm/arch/imx-common/ so the board-specific imximage.cfg
can include this file to avoid magic constants.
The syntax of BOOT_OFFSET command is "BOOT_OFFSET <u32 offset>".
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
PUE requires PKE to mean something, as do pull values with PUE, so do not
compell users to explicitly use PKE and PUE everywhere. This is also what is
done on Linux and what has already been done for i.MX51.
By the way, remove some unused pad control definitions.
There is no change of behavior.
Note that SPI_PAD_CTRL was defined by several boards with a pull value, but
without PKE or PUE, which means that no pull was actually enabled in the pad.
This might be a bug in those boards, but this patch does not change the
behavior, so it just removes the meaningless pull value from those definitions.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Keep pad control definitions together, and organize definitions in a more
legible way.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Commit dc88403 "iomux-v3: Place pad control definitions into common file" broke
mx51_efikamx because it made i.MX6's pad control definitions conflict with
i.MX51's.
i.MX51's pad control definitions are actually common to some other i.MX
(25/35/53), so move them to the common iomux-v3.h (just like what is done in
Linux's), and select the correct definitions depending on whether CONFIG_MX6 is
defined or not.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Make all mpc512x code point to the new common fsl_iim driver, and remove the
former mpc512x-specific iim driver.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
IIM:
- Homogenize prg_p naming (the reference manuals are not always self-consistent
for that).
- Add missing SCSx and bank registers.
- Fix the number of banks on i.MX53.
OCOTP:
- Rename iim to ocotp in order to avoid confusion.
- Rename fuse_data to read_fuse_data, and sticky to sw_sticky, according to the
reference manual.
- Merge the existing spinoff gp1 fuse definition on i.MX6.
- Fix the number of banks on i.MX6.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
commit 5c2f444c9 (mxs: Reset the EMI block on mx23) changed the DDR voltage
level, which causes mx23evk to fail to load a kernel.
Put back the original values, so that mx23evk can boot a kernel again.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Tested-by: Robert Nelson <robertcnelson@gmail.com>
This reworks the environment settings to be aligned with the other
i.MX boards. The loadaddr has been changed to allow the Freescale
kernel and mainline kernel to work without environment changes.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Acked-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
The MX23 Boot ROM does blindly load from 2048 offset while the MX28
does parse the BCB header to known where to load the image from. We
move the BCB header to 4 sectors offset so same code can be used by
both SoCs avoiding code duplication.
This idea was given by Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
imx-regs.h is more appropriate location for containing register masks.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
FSL 2.6.35 kernel expects that revision tag is passed by the bootloader.
Select CONFIG_REVISION_TAG so that mx53 boards can work properly with 2.6.35.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
When booting a FSL kernel based on 2.6.35 it is necessary to pass the revision
tag to the kernel.
Place a common weak function into soc.c for such purpose.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Currently mmcrootfstype is set to ext3 type.
It is better not to force it in the env vars, because users may prefer a
different file system type, so let's get rid of 'mmcrootfstype'.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Update the environment as done in other imx boards to allow easy switching
between booting a non-dt kernel and a dt kernel.
Change CONFIG_LOADADDR to 0x92000000, so that we can have the:
- uImage at 0x92000000
- imx51-babbage.dtb at 0x91000000
,which are adequate locations in RAM to avoid overlapping.
Boot tested the following kernels:
- 2.6.35 from FSL (11.09 branch)
- 3.9-rc7 non-dt
- 3.9-rc7 dt
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Adds support for 'bmode' command which let user to choose where to
boot from; this allows U-Boot to load system from another storage
without messing with jumpers.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Allow use of the carrier board MicroSD card available in the
Wandboard; this allow for loading alternative system from the other
card for testing or upgrade proposes.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
This add support to identify if the card is connected or not; so it
does not try to communicate with the controller if no card is
available.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
This makes environment and mmcdev/mmcpart in sync with SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV
and SYS_MMC_ENV_PART settings.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
CKO1 drives sgtl5000 codec clock on nitrogen boards and wandboard.
Doing this setup in the bootloader will allow us to remove a lot of code in
arch/arm/mach-imx/mach-imx6q.c from the mainline kernel.
Also, according to Eric Nelson: "enabling the clock <in the bootloader> will
remove squeal after an ungraceful reboot (watchdog) if hooked up to speakers."
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Setup CCM_CCOSR register to provide a CKO1 clock frequency of 16.5 MHz.
CKO1 drives sgtl5000 codec clock on mx6qsabrelite and doing this setup in the
bootloader will allow us to remove a lot of code in arch/arm/mach-imx/mach-imx6q.c
from the mainline kernel.
mx6q_4x_mt41j128.cfg is also used by mx6qsabresd, and it is safe to use it for
this board as well.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Prior to this fix, calls to mxc_iomux_set_input() for registers
after MUX_IN_GPIO2_IN_19 would write to the wrong registers,
possibly resulting in unexpected behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Philip Paeps <philip@paeps.cx>
Add spaces before and after "<<".
Please note that I intentionally didn't wrap the > 80 lines for
the sake of better readability.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Sometimes it might make sense to verify the written data to NOR flash.
This patch adds this feature. To enable this verify-after-write, you
need to define CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY in your board config header.
Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
this option if you really know what you are doing.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Titanium is a i.MX6 based board from ProjectionDesign / Barco. This
patch adds support for this board with the newly introduced NAND
support for i.MX6.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
This patch moves the following functions into the imx-common
directory:
- mxs_wait_mask_set()
- mxs_wait_mask_clr()
- mxs_reset_block()
These are currently used by i.MX28. But the upcoming GPMI NAND port
for i.MX6 will also use these functions. So lets move them to a
common location to re-use them.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
The following headers are moved to a i.MX common location:
- regs-common.h
- regs-apbh.h
- regs-bch.h
- regs-gpmi.h
- dma.h
This way this header can be re-used also by other i.MX platforms.
For example the i.MX6 which will need it for the upcoming NAND
support.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Instead of having the same PAD control definition in each MX6 variant pin file,
place it into a common location.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
This patch adds the fast booting LWMON5 derivat "lcd4_lwmon5".
Its a stripped down version of the full blown lwmon5 support,
without ECC, USB, POST and some other stuff. It used the newly
introduced SPL infrastrucure for SPL from NOR flash booting
on the PPC4xx.
By setting the environment variable "boot_os" to "yes", Linux
will be started from the SPL version. If not, the "normal"
U-Boot will be started.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This new make target "u-boot-img-spl-at-end.bin" consists of the
the real, full-blown U-Boot image and the U-Boot SPL binary
directly attached to it. The full-blown U-Boot image has the
mkimage header included, with its load-address and entry-point.
This will be used by the upcoming lwmon5 PPC440EPx derivate board
port.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds SPL booting support (NOR flash) for the
PPC4xx platforms.
This SPL booting (Falcon mode) will be used by the upcoming
lcd4_lwmon5 board port (lwmon5 variant).
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
With 'mtest' no longer a default command, we will have unused defines
which should be removed for the v2013.10 release.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
When crc32 is handled by the hash library, it requires the data to be in
big-endian format, since it reads it byte-wise. Thus at present the 'crc32'
command reports incorrect data. For example, previously we might see:
Peach # crc32 40000000 100
CRC32 for 40000000 ... 400000ff ==> 0d968558
but instead with the hash library we see:
Peach # crc32 40000000 100
CRC32 for 40000000 ... 400000ff ==> 5885960d
Correct this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Vadim Bendebury <vbendeb@google.com>
The git config parameter log.decorate is quite useful when working with git.
Patman, however can not handle the decorated output when parsing the commit.
To prevent this use the '--no-decorate' switch for git-log.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Quick manual fixup to merge the USB boot related defines and TPM related
defines.
Conflicts:
include/configs/exynos5250-dt.h
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
When building host utilities, we include libfdt.h from the host, not from
U-Boot. This in turn brings in libfdt_env.h from the host, which can mess
up the types and cause a build failure, depending on the host environment.
To fix this, force inclusion of U-Boot's libfdt_env.h so that the types
are correct.
Another way to fix this is to use -nostdinc and -idirafter to ensure that
system includes are included after U-Boot ones. Unfortunately this means
that U-Boot's errno.h gets included instead of the system one. This in
turn requires a hack to errno.h to redirect things, so all in all the
solution in this patch is probably cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
eMMC vesrion is supported up to v4.5.
But bootloader isn't saw the exact eMMC version.
After applied this patch,
if use the mmcinfo command, then can see the exactly mmc version.
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Rommel Custodio <sessyargc@gmail.com>
In common/cmd_nvedit.c, en env_print(), the wrong type is used for len.
hexport_r() returns -1 on error (like OOM), which is converted to
0xffffffff when put in an unsigned. Said value is obviously bigger then
0, and as a result an uninitialized string is then displayed. Other
usages of hexport_r() in the code correctly uses ssize_t to keep its
return value.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Larocque <maxmtl2002@yahoo.ca>
The ARM errata 742230 - "ARM errata: DMB operation may be faulty" is
claimed for Cortex-A9 (r1p0..r2p2). Though i.MX6 uses a newer revision
than r2p2, we are seeing a reboot failure on i.MX6 SMP build that can be
fixed by applying the workaround for this errata. So for safety, let's
define CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230 to enable the workaround on i.MX6.
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Snow is missing a TMU node, and with TMU support this is not allowed, so it
fails to boot. Add it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
The current code is causing errors like this on my toolchains:
/usr/x86_64-pc-linux-gnu/armv7a-cros-linux-gnueabi/binutils-bin/2.22/
ld.bfd.real: failed to merge target specific data of file /usr/lib/gcc/
armv7a-cros-linux-gnueabi/4.7.x-google/libgcc.a(_divdi3.o)
Use do_div() to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Exynos5250 supports secondary USB device boot mode. If the iROM fails
to download u-boot from the primary boot device (such as SD or eMMC),
it will try to retrieve from the secondary boot device (such as USB).
Signed-off-by: Naveen Krishna Ch <ch.naveen@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
They never return anything also than 0, so lets change the function
to void instead.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
this is usefull when writing an UBI image which contains
and UBIFS volume (check README.nand and UBI FAQ for more details)
Signed-off-by: Eric Bénard <eric@eukrea.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
This makes mxc_iomux_set_input() work correctly. Previously, the
incorrect offset of IOMUXSW_INPUT_CTL caused mxc_iomux_set_input()
to write to the wrong register, possibly resulting in unexpected
behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Philip Paeps <philip@paeps.cx>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Since the ICH SPI controller uses PCI, we must ensure that PCI is available
before it is inited.
This fixes the current "ICH SPI: Cannot find device" message on boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently x86 has its own means of managing the global data and board data
(bd_t), and this code resides in start.S. With generic board, we need to
ensure that we leave this alone - i.e. don't clear it as we do on other
archs.
This fixes a problem where the memory init data is cleared which causes
the video driver to operate very slowly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The intention of the memory init code is that it should work the same with
CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD and without. This is tricky because dram_init()
is called prior to relocation with generic board (matching other archs)
and after relocation without generic board.
Adjust the init sequence so that dram_init() is not called in the generic
board case, which seems like the easiest fix for now. Also ensure that
relocation addresses are still calculated.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Beaver is a Tegra30 board that is nearly 100% compatible w/Cardhu.
Add a Beaver build so it can begin to be differentiated, if need be.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
As suggested by Stephen Warren, use tegra_get_chip() to return
the pure CHIPID for a Tegra SoC (i.e. 0x20 for Tegra20, 0x30 for
Tegra30, etc.) and rename tegra_get_chip_type() to reflect its true
function, i.e. tegra_get_chip_sku(), which returns an ID like
TEGRA_SOC_T25, TEGRA_SOC_T33, etc.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
A comparison of registers between our internal NV U-Boot and
u-boot-tegra/next showed some discrepancies in the MSELECT
clock divisor programming. T20 doesn't have a MSELECT clk src reg.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
T114 needs the SYSCTR0 counter initialized so the TSC can be
read by the kernel. Do it in the bootloader since it's a write-once
deal (secure/non-secure mode dependent).
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Without this change, kernel fails at calling function cache_clean_flush
during kernel early boot.
Aprocryphally, intended for T114 only, so I check for a T114 SoC.
Works (i.e. dalmore 3.8 kernel now starts printing to console).
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Boot script support brings TEC in line with other Tegra boards. To
enable booting a Linux kernel with initial ramdisk, also include support
for the new FIT image type.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@avionic-design.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Boot script support brings Plutux in line with other Tegra boards. In
order to enable booting a Linux kernel with initial ramdisk, also add
support for the new FIT image type.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@avionic-design.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Boot script support brings Medcom-Wide in line with other Tegra boards.
In order to enable booting a Linux kernel with initial ramdisk, also add
support for the new FIT image type.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@avionic-design.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Move the nand-controller node to the tegra20-tamonten.dtsi so that it
can be shared between all derived boards.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@avionic-design.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
A start vector fix was added by AneeshV for OMAP4 (commit 0d479b53),
and caused the old monilithic Tegra builds to hang due to an undefined
instruction trap. Previously, the code needed to run on both the
AVP (ARM7TDI) and A9, and the AVP doesn't have a CP15 register.
I corrected this in commit 6d6c0bae w/#ifndef CONFIG_TEGRA, but
now that we use SPL, and boot the AVP w/o any ARMv7 code, I can
revert my change, and make Aneesh's change apply to Tegra.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Some 3rd-party flash tools use the -v (verify) option of crc32 command.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make U-Boot aware of the T33 SKU of Tegra30, and treat it identically
to any other Tegra30.
An alternative would be to simply remove the SKU checking from
tegra_get_chip_type(); most use of the value most likely simply wants
to know the current chip, not the specific SKU. Or, the function could
be split into separate tegra_get_chip() and tegra_get_sku() for the
cases where differentiation really is required.
I wonder whether tegra_get_chip_type() should printf() whenever any
unkown chip/SKU is found, although perhaps the function is called so
early that the printf() wouldn't actually make it to the UART anyway.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The KVM and Xen hypervisors for the Cortex-A15 virtualization
implementation need to be entered in HYP mode. Should the primary
board firmware already enter HYP mode (Calxeda firmware does that),
we should not deliberately drop back to SVC mode.
Since U-boot does not use the MMU, running in HYP mode is just fine.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@linaro.org>
This target wants to check full SPL size, BSS included.
Remove CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE definition and instead define
CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
This target wants to check full SPL size, BSS included.
Remove CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE definition and instead define
CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
This target wants to check full SPL size, BSS included.
Remove CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE definition and instead define
CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Remove SPL-related ASSERT() in arch/arm/cpu/u-boot.lds
as this file is never used for SPL builds.
Rewrite the ASSERT() in arch/arm/cpu/u-boot-spl.lds
to separately test image (text,data,rodata...) size,
BSS size, and full footprint each against its own max,
and make Tegra boards check full footprint.
Also, output section mmutable is not used in SPL builds.
Remove it.
Finally, update README regarding the (now homogeneous)
semantics of CONFIG_SPL_[BSS_]MAX_SIZE and add the new
CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT macro.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Reported-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Rework the waiting for transfer completion loop condition
to continue waiting until both Transfer Complete and DMA End
interrupts occur. Checking of DLA bit in Present State register
looks not needed in addition to interrupts status checking,
so it can be removed from the condition. Also, DMA Error
condition is added to the list of data errors, checked in the loop.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gabbasov <andrew_gabbasov@mentor.com>
The cache should invalidate the read buffer for
the SD card interface after the transfer complete,
not command-complete.
Tested-by: Andrew Gabbasov <Andrew_Gabbasov@mentor.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric.nelson@boundarydevices.com>
Commit 3ebd1cbc introduced compiler-generated __bss_start
and __bss_end__ and commit c23561e7 rewrote all __bss_end__
as __bss_end. Their merge caused silent and harmless but
potentially bug-inducing clashes between compiler- and linker-
generated __bss_end symbols.
Make __bss_end and __bss_start compiler-only, and create
__bss_base and __bss_limit for linker-only use.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Reported-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
The glitch in the SPI clock line, which commit 3cea335c34 (spi: mxc_spi: Fix spi
clock glitch durant reset) solved, is back now and itwas re-introduced by
commit d36b39bf0d (spi: mxc_spi: Fix ECSPI reset handling).
Actually the glitch is happening due to always toggling between slave mode
and master mode by configuring the CHANNEL_MODE bits in this reset function.
Since the spi driver only supports master mode, set the mode for all channels
always to master mode in order to have a stable, "glitch-free" SPI clock line.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
When swi instruction is executed, it is expected to get message
"software interrupt" in console and dump registers and reboot, as
do_software_interrupt() in arch/arm/lib/interrupts.c.
But, actually it causes data abort accessing wrong address in get_bad_stack_swi
macro in arch/arm/cpu/v7/start.S.
This patch fixes this problem.
The same mistake in arch/arm/cpu/{arm1136,arm1176,pxa}/start.S.
Signed-off-by: Tetsuyuki Kobayashi <koba@kmckk.co.jp>
TPM command library implements a subset of TPM commands defined in TCG
Main Specification 1.2 that are useful for implementing secure boot.
More TPM commands could be added out of necessity.
You may exercise these commands through the 'tpm' command. However, the
raw TPM commands are too primitive for writing secure boot in command
interpreter scripts; so the 'tpm' command also provides helper functions
to make scripting easier.
For example, to define a counter in TPM non-volatile storage and
initialize it to zero:
$ tpm init
$ tpm startup TPM_ST_CLEAR
$ tpm nv_define d 0x1001 0x1
$ tpm nv_write d 0x1001 0
And then increment the counter by one:
$ tpm nv_read d 0x1001 i
$ setexpr.l i $i + 1
$ tpm nv_write d 0x1001 $i
Signed-off-by: Che-Liang Chiou <clchiou@chromium.org>
When building for the Sandbox version, the casts in this change are
necessary to avoid compilation issues.
Signed-off-by: Taylor Hutt <thutt@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This enables the device tree library on the Integrator platforms
so we can pass a device tree when booting.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The previous timings were done on the internal-only A1 board which has
different DDR part than all later revs. The timings need a slight
adjustment to be correct in all cases with later revs.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This board is from a u-boot point of view a mixture between kmnusa and
a standard km_kirkwood board. We have our u-boot environment in the spi
NOR flash, but we have a direct connection between the kirkwood and the
piggy. A FPGA is connected via the PCIe interface. So we only have to
select the specific features in the board setup.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
cc: Valentin Longchamp <valentin.longchamp@keymile.com>
cc: Prafulla Wadaskar <prafulla@marvell.com>
Acked-By: Prafulla Wadaskar <prafulla@marvell.com>
The conversion of mx31pdk to SPL NAND fixed the boot issue, but we start seeing
resets in loop, which prevents us from reaching the U-boot prompt.
Until the proper fix can be identified, disable watchdog, so that mx31pdk
can be functional again.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Let all ARM linker scripts handle properly -ffunction-sections
and -fdata-sections. This will be useful for future changes in order to create
symbol-specific sections in common .S files.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Following the removal of the smdk6400 board, the MMU setup code in
arm1176/start.S becomes unused, so remove it. It will still be possible to
restore it later from the Git history if necessary, in which case it should be
moved out of the relocate_code() function.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Following the removal of the smdk6400 board, the s3c64xx SoC becomes unused, so
remove associated code. It will still be possible to restore it later from the
Git history if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
This reverts commit 1285a2808a since the migration
of boards from Makefile to boards.cfg is now complete.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
The migration of boards from Makefile to boards.cfg was due for v2012.03, but
smdk6400 did not follow, and it does not build, so move it to scrapyard. It will
still be possible to restore it from the Git history before fixing it.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
This image combines the SPL with the i.MX header, the FCB and U-Boot.
For i.MX25/35/51, the FCB is ignored by the boot ROM, so this image is just
useful because it can be programmed on a NAND Flash page boundary.
For i.MX53, the FCB is required by the boot ROM.
This does not support i.MX6 so far because its FCB is more complicated.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
This image combines the SPL with the i.MX header and U-Boot. This is a
convenient way of having a single image to program on some boot devices.
The i.MX header has to be added to the SPL before appending U-Boot, so that the
boot ROM loads only the SPL.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
make never uses the SHELL variable from the environment. Instead, it
uses /bin/sh, or the value assigned to the SHELL variable by the Makefile. This
makes the export of the SHELL variable useless for sub-makes (but still useful
for the environment of recipes). However, we want all makes to use the same
shell.
This patch fixes this issue by moving the SHELL variable setup and export to the
top config.mk, so that all Makefile-s including it use the same shell.
Since BASH is used by default, this makes it possible to use things
like 'echo -e ...' in sub-makes, which would otherwise fail e.g. with /bin/sh
symlinked to /bin/dash on Ubuntu.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Commit e05e5de7fa made the 2 1st parameters of
ARM's relocate_code() useless since it moved the code handling them to crt0.S.
So, drop these parameters.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Automatically build the 'u-boot.imx' (i.e. imx header + u-boot.bin) and 'SPL'
(i.e. imx header + u-boot-spl.bin) make targets for all imx processors
supporting this header, so for arm926ejs, arm1136 and armv7. Some combinations
were missing.
At the same time, fix the build of SPL targets not supporting the imx header on
arm1136. For arm1136, the 'SPL' make target was forced to build in all cases if
CONFIG_SPL_BUILD was defined, even for non-imx platforms or imx setups without
an imx header.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Change CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO from a link address to an image offset since this is
more handy and closer to the purpose of this config.
Automatically define CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO to CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE (or 0 without
CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE).
Test that CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE if CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO is
non-zero.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Give more flexibility to define configs that can be interpreted by make, e.g. to
define fallback values of configs like in the example below.
Before this change, the config lines:
#define CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE 2048
#define CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
would have been changed in autoconfig.mk into:
CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE=2048
CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO="CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE"
Hence, a make recipe using as an argument to $(OBJCOPY):
--pad-to=$(CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO)
would have issued:
--pad-to="CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE"
which means nothing for $(OBJCOPY) and makes it fail.
Thanks to this change, the config lines above are changed in autoconfig.mk into:
CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE=2048
CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO=$(CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE)
Hence, the make recipe above now issues:
--pad-to=2048
as expected from the defined config.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The purpose of .globl is to export symbols for ld, not to declare external
symbols.
By the way, use the ENTRY() and ENDPROC() macros to define functions rather than
using .global directly.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Use __image_copy_end instead of __bss_start for the end of the image to
relocate. This is the same as commit 033ca72, but applied to all ARM start.S.
This is a more appropriate symbol naming for an image copy & relocate feature,
and this also saves a useless copy of data put between __image_copy_end and
__bss_start in linker scripts (e.g. relocation information, or MMU
initialization tables used only before jumping to the relocated image).
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Commit e05e5de7fa made ARM's relocate_code()
return to its caller, but it did not update its declaration accordingly.
Fixing this function declaration fixes dropped C code following calls to
relocate_code().
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
_TEXT_BASE must be set to CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE for generic SPL, and to
CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE for non-SPL builds.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The syndrome functions should use the page number passed as argument instead of
the page number saved upon NAND_CMD_READ0.
This does not make any difference if the NAND_NO_AUTOINCR option is set, but
otherwise this fixes accesses to the wrong pages.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
The page number indicated in the debug trace of mxc_nand_read_oob_syndrome() did
not match the page being worked on.
By the way, replace the GCC-specific __FUNCTION__ with __func__.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Add support for the Samsung K9LAG08U0M NAND Flash (2-GiB MLC NAND Flash, 2-kiB
pages, 256-kiB blocks, 30-ns R/W cycles, 1 CS) on mx53ard.
eNFC_CLK_ROOT is set up with a cycle time of 37.5 ns (400 MHz / 3 / 5) for this
board, which satisfies the 30-ns NF R/W cycle requirement.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Add some abstraction to NFC definitions so that some parts of the current code
can also be used for future i.MX5 code.
Clean up a few things by the way.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Currently is_16bit_nand() is a per SoC function and it decides the bus nand
width by reading some boot related registers.
This method works when NAND is the boot medium, but does not work if another
boot medium is used. For example: booting from a SD card and then using NAND
to store the environment variables, would lead to the following error:
NAND bus width 16 instead 8 bit
No NAND device found!!!
0 MiB
Use CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT symbol to decide the bus width.
If it is defined in the board file, then consider 16-bit NAND bus-width,
otherwise assume 8-bit NAND is used.
This also aligns with Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt, which
states:
nand-bus-width : 8 or 16 bus width if not present 8
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Introduce CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT option so that other NAND controller
drivers could use it when a 16-bit NAND is deployed.
drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc has CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16BIT, so just rename it, so that
other NAND drivers could reuse the same symbol.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
UBI is a better place for the environment on NAND devices because it
handles wear-leveling and bad blocks.
Gluebi is needed in Linux to access the env as an MTD partition.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The env in UBI needs to look up the mtd partition as part of relocation,
which happens before relocation. Make the mtdparts code capable of
working on the default env to start with.
The code tries to set values in the env as well, but again, the env
isn't there yet, so add a check to setenv to not allow sets before the
env is relocated.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The unwind code was not reversing operations correctly and was causing
a hang on any error condition.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Apparently due to a missed rebase conflict resolution
board_early_init_f() is included twice in the list of initialization
functions.
Leave only the first occurrence.
. built and boot an Exynos 5250 target
Signed-off-by: Vadim Bendebury <vbendeb@chromium.org>
The function get_timer() should return time in ms and CONFIG_SYS_HZ
should be set to 1000 by default. Fix both of these items.
Signed-off-by: Jon Hunter <jon-hunter@ti.com>
The current u-boot binary needs more than 128KB of flash space and so
move the u-boot environment from an offset of 128KB to 256KB in flash
to ensure the enviroment does not overlap with u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Jon Hunter <jon-hunter@ti.com>
In the current u-boot, the device pin multiplexing and clock
initialisation needs to be early during the boot process and before
board_init() is called. U-boot is currently crashing on this board
because this is not being done early enough. Therefore, add a s_init()
function for the omap5912-osk board to do this.
Also fix the stack pointer so that it is pointing to the end of the
internal RAM and not the beginning as this was also causing the device
to crash.
Signed-off-by: Jon Hunter <jon-hunter@ti.com>
The omap5912-osk board is using a RAM based address as the linker
location for code. This is causing several problems when attempting
to run the latest u-boot code base on this board from flash. Update
the default linker location for code to be in NOR flash at address
0x00000000.
The omap5912-osk board only has 32MB of RAM and so fix the comment
in the omap5912-osk config.mk file as well.
Signed-off-by: Jon Hunter <jon-hunter@ti.com>
The size of the DRAM for the omap5912-osk board is getting setup in the
dram_init() function. However, for the current u-boot release this is
too late and needs to be done in dram_init_banksize(). Therefore, add
a dram_init_banksize() function for the omap5912-osk board and setup the
DRAM size there.
Signed-off-by: Jon Hunter <jon-hunter@ti.com>
The omap4460_volts struct was incorrectly referencing tps62361
instead of twl6030 as PMIC for the core and mm voltages (the
tps is used for mpu supply only). This shall lead to bad OPP
settings while booting kernel. Fixing it.
Fix some comments as well.
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
If watchdog is enabled, the arch/powerpc/lib/ticks.S::wait_ticks() function
calls the function specified by the WATCHDOG_RESET macro.
The wait_ticks function depends on the registers r0, r6 and r7 being
preserved however that is not guaranteed, e.g. if the reset function is a
C function this will probably overwrite r0 and cause an endless loop.
The following patch changes to using r14+r15 instead of r6+r7 (to resemble
what would have been generated by a C compiler) and saves all necessary
registers on the stack.
The patch has been tested on a custom MPC5125 based machine using the 512x
powerpc architecture.
Signed-off-by: Mats Karrman <mats.karrman@tritech.se>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Acked-by: Joakim Tjernlund <joakim.tjernlund@transmode.se>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
After further testing we can run DDR at 400MHz so update the timings
again.
Tested-by: Koen Kooi <koen@dominion.thruhere.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Fix USB device-tree fixup to properly handle device-tree fixup and
print appropriate message when wrong/junk "dr_mode" or "phy_type"
are mentioned in hwconfig string
Signed-off-by: Ramneek Mehresh <ramneek.mehresh@freescale.com>
- Add CONFIG_DFU_NAND, CONFIG_DFU_MMC
- Set dfu_alt_info_nand, dfu_alt_info_emmc and dfu_alt_info_mmc to show
working examples for those cases.
- Increase CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS due to hush parsing bugs that would
otherwise disallow 'setenv dfu_alt_info ${dfu_alt_info_nand}'.
- Enable CONFIG_FAT_WRITE to allow updating on MMC
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
We make these two functions take a size_t pointer to how much space
was used on NAND to read or write the buffer (when reads/writes happen)
so that bad blocks can be accounted for. We also make them take an
loff_t limit on how much data can be read or written. This means that
we can now catch the case of when writing to a partition would exceed
the partition size due to bad blocks. To do this we also need to make
check_skip_len count not just complete blocks used but partial ones as
well. All callers of nand_(read|write)_skip_bad are adjusted to call
these with the most sensible limits available.
The changes were started by Pantelis and finished by Tom.
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Previously we didn't support upload/download larger than available
memory. This is pretty bad when you have to update your root filesystem
for example.
This patch removes that limitation (and the crashes when you transfered
any file larger than 4MB) by making raw image writes be done in chunks
and making file maximum size be configurable.
The sequence number is a 16 bit counter; make sure we handle rollover
correctly. This fixes the wrong transfers for large (> 256MB) images.
Also utilize a variable to handle initialization, so that we don't rely
on just the counter sent by the host.
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Add documentation for the current DFU config options. DFU is a standard
USB device class so more information is available from usb.org
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Given that on TI814x we have MMC1/2 swapped, we also need to swap them
in MMC_BOOT_DEVICES_START/END
Reported-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
For some series with lots of changes it is annoying that duplicate change
log items are not caught. It is also helpful sometimes to sort the change
logs.
Add a Series-process-log tag to enable this, which can be placed in a
commit to control this.
The change to the Cc: line is to fix a checkpatch warning.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Especially with the Linux kernel, it takes a long time (a minute or more)
to test-apply the patches, so patman becomes significantly less useful.
The only real problem that is found with this apply step is trailing spaces.
Provide a -a option to skip this step, for those working with clean patches.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Patman's regular expression for detecting the start of a
commit in a git log was a little simplistic and could be
confused if the git log itself had the word "commit" as
the start of a line (as this commit does). Make patman
a little more robust.
Signed-off-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Often it happens that patches include tags which don't have aliases. It
is annoying that patman fails in this case, and provides no option to
continue other than adding empty tags to the .patman file.
Correct this by adding a '-t' option to ignore tags that don't exist.
Print a warning instead.
Since running the tests is not a common operation, move this to --test
instead, to reserve -t for this new option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
The header file div64.h includes <asm/types.h> which defines
the phys_addr_t according to the macro CONFIG_PHYS_64BIT, while
the macro CONFIG_PHYS_64BIT is included in common.h which comes
after div64.h, so in order to get consistent type definition for
phys_addr_t, common.h should be included before div64.h, Or else,
the parameters of phys_addr_t type will be passed wrongly when
CONFIG_PHYS_64BIT is defined.
Signed-off-by: Mingkai Hu <Mingkai.Hu@freescale.com>
Increase size of DMA buffer from 4MiB to 8MiB. This is necessary due to
uImage size increase.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Following commit:
"cmd_ext4: BREAK and correct ext4write parameter order"
SHA1:0171d52c410cbaa9290b1b214e695697c835bfe5
introduced cleanup of ext4write semantics to be consistent with other
filesystem's writing commands (e.g. fatwrite).
This commit provides correct ext4write command generation at DFU eMMC
code.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
The omap5_uevm platform has eMMC, and it makes sense to say that our
default env storage shall reside there. Other platforms may not, so
move this choice to the EVM config. In addition, we should provide some
way to partition the flash for later usage, so take advantage of the GPT
partition table support code and allow that to be setup with some
reasonable defaults.
Cc: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
In the case of booting from certain peripherals, such as UART, we must
not see what the device descriptor says for RAW or FAT mode because in
addition to being nonsensical, it leads to a hang. This is why we have
a test currently for the boot mode being within range. The problem
however is that on some platforms we get MMC2_2 as the boot mode and not
the defined value for MMC2, and in others we get the value for MMC2_2.
This is required to fix eMMC booting on omap5_uevm.
Tested on am335x_evm (UART, NAND, SD), omap3_beagle (NAND, SD on
classic, SD only on xM rev C5) and omap5_uevm (SD, eMMC).
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Commit "8602114 omap: emif: configure emif only when required"
breaks SDRAM_AUTO_DETECTION.
The issue is dmm_init() depends on emif_sizes[](SDRAM Auto detection)
done in do_sdram_init(). The above commit moves dmm_init() above
do_sdram_init() because of which dmm_init() uses uninitialized
emif_sizes[].
So instead of using global emif_sizes[], get sdram details locally
and calculate emif sizes.
Reported-by: Michael Cashwell <mboards@prograde.net>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
V2 fixes line wrap issue of the patch itself.
UART3 was enabled twice instead of UART4.
One more cosmetic change in a comment on EMIF clock.
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
Reviewed-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
We shall remove these OMAP4/5-specific options in v2013.07, barring
insufficient progress on the kernel side.
Cc: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
So with OMAP added to multi platform kernel,
the uImage no more contains a valid load address.
With the uboot already supporting zImage,
change the default boot command to bootz
instead.
Acked-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Tested-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Now with kernel moving to all device tree, the default
boot command is changed to pass the device tree blob.
Also, adding the findfdt command to get the dt-blob
based on the board.
Thanks to Tom Rini <trini@ti.com> for suggesting this.
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
For production systems it is better to use script images since
they are protected by checksums and carry valuable information
like name and timestamp. Also, you can't validate the content
passed to env import.
But for development, it is easier to use the env import command and
plain text files instead of script-images.
Since both OMAP5evm/uevm boards are used primarily for development,
we allow U-Boot to load env var from a text file in case that an
boot.scr script-image is not present.
The variable uenvcmd (if existent) will be executed (using run) after
uEnv.txt was loaded. If uenvcmd doesn't exist the default boot sequence
will be started.
Inspired by commit: d70f54808d
(omap4: allow the use of a plain text env file instead boot scripts)
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Tested-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
While booting with dt blob, if fdt_high is not set to
0xffffffff, the dt blob gets relocated to a high ram address,
which the kernel is not able to use without HIGHMEM.
So set it to 0xffffffff to avoid the issue.
Acked-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Tested-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
The omap5-uevm is the reference board name for OMAP5 soc
based platform. So rename it accordingly.
Acked-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Tested-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
The function get_timer() should return time in ms and CONFIG_SYS_HZ
should be set to 1000 by default. Fix both of these items.
Signed-off-by: Jon Hunter <jon-hunter@ti.com>
The omap2420-h4 board is using a RAM based address as the linker
location for code. This is causing several problems when attempting
to run the latest u-boot code base on this board from flash. Update
the default linker location for code to be in NOR flash. Please note
that OMAP maps the NOR flash to address 0x08000000 by default and so
use this as the default address for the NOR flash.
Also remove legacy code that attempts to calculate where in flash the
sdata structure, that holds the memory interface configuration data,
is located. By changing the default linker location for code to flash
this is no longer necessary.
Signed-off-by: Jon Hunter <jon-hunter@ti.com>
The size of the DRAM for the omap2420-h4 board is getting setup in the
dram_init() function. However, for the current u-boot release this is
too late and needs to be done in dram_init_banksize(). Therefore, add
a dram_init_banksize() function for the omap2420-h4 board and setup the
DRAM size there.
Signed-off-by: Jon Hunter <jon-hunter@ti.com>
The kernel states:
---8<---
The OMAP3 GPMC hardware BCH engine computes remainder polynomials, it does not
provide automatic error location and correction: this step is implemented using
the BCH library.
--->8---
And we do so in u-boot.
This implementation uses the same layout for BCH8 but it is fix. The current
provided layout does only work with 64 Byte OOB.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Ilya Yanok <ilya.yanok@cogentembedded.com>
Cc: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Cc: Mansoor Ahamed <mansoor.ahamed@ti.com>
Cc: Thomas Weber <thomas.weber.linux@googlemail.com>
With uppcoming BCH support on OMAP devices we need to decide between differnt
algorithms when switching the ECC engine. Currently we support 1-bit hammign
and 8-bit BCH on HW backend.
In order to switch between differnet ECC algorithms we need to change the
interface of omap_nand_switch_ecc() also.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Thomas Weber <thomas.weber.linux@googlemail.com>
arch/arm/include/asm/arch-am33xx/omap_gpmc.h and
arch/arm/include/asm/arch-omap3/omap_gpmc.h are almost the same, consolidate
the common parts into a new header.
Introduce a new asm/omap_gpmc.h which defines the command part and pulls in
the architecture specific one.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Flush UART3 xmit on enable if TEMT is broken
On some OMAP3 devices when UART3 is configured for boot mode before SPL starts
only THRE bit is set. We have to empty the transmitter before initialization
starts. This patch avoids the use of CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_BROKEN_TEMT.
Signed-off-by: Manfred Huber <man.huber@arcor.de>
Tested-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@dowhile0.org>
Tested-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
This is done already for am335x in
59dcf970d1 and also applies for pcm051.
It powers down the IO receiver when not performing read which helps
reducing the overall power consuption in low power states
(suspend/standby).
Signed-off-by: Lars Poeschel <poeschel@lemonage.de>
Do not config MUSB to highspeed mode if CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DUALSPEED
is not set, in which case Ether gadget only operates in fullspeed.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Bin Liu <b-liu@ti.com>
On TI AM335x devices, MUSB has bulk split/combine feature enabled
in the ConfigData register, but the current MUSB driver does not
support it yet. Therefore, disable the feature for now, until the
driver adds the support.
One usecase which is broken because of this feature is that Ether
gadget stops working in Fullspeed mode (by un-defining
CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DUALSPEED)
After desabled this feature, MUSB driver send packets in proper size
(no more than 64 bytes) in Fullspeed mode.
This has been validated with Ether gadget in Fullspeed mode on AM335x
EVM.
Signed-off-by: Bin Liu <b-liu@ti.com>
Atmel change to new logo since 2012. This patch update the logo to new one.
Signed-off-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Wolfgang requested this be reverted and Rob agreed after further
discussion. This was a symptom of a larger problem we need to deal
with.
This reverts commit 60d7d5a631.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This tool handles building U-Boot to check that you have not broken it
with your patch series. It can build each individual commit and report
which boards fail on which commits, and which errors come up. It also
shows differences in image sizes due to particular commits.
Buildman aims to make full use of multi-processor machines.
Documentation and caveats are in tools/buildman/README.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These tags are used by Gerrit, so let's ignore all of them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
A few of the help messages are not quite right, and there is a typo
in the README. Fix these.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
This comment is less than helpful. Since multiple tags are supported, add
an example of how multiple tags work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
At present something like:
Revert "arm: Add cache operations"
will try to use
Revert "arm
as a tag. Clearly this is wrong, so fix it.
If the revert is intended to be tagged, then the tag can come before
the revert, perhaps. Alternatively the 'Cc' tag can be used in the commit
messages.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
checkpatch has a new type of warning, a 'CHECK'. At present patman fails
with these, which makes it less than useful.
Add support for checks, making it backwards compatible with the old
checkpatch.
At the same time, clean up formatting of the CheckPatches() output,
fix erroneous "internal error" if multiple patches have warnings and
be more robust to new types of problems.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
The cover letter is sent to everyone who is on the Cc list for any of
the patches in the series. Sometimes it is useful to send just the cover
letter to additional people, so that they are aware of the series, but
don't need to wade through all the individual patches.
Add a new Cover-letter-cc tag for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Some versions of git don't seem to prompt you for the message ID that
your series is in reply to. Allow specifying this from the command
line.
Signed-off-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Although "Reviewed-by:" is a tag that gerrit adds, it's also a tag
used by upstream. Stripping it is undesirable. In fact, we should
treat it as important.
Signed-off-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We normally read from the current branch, but buildman will need to look
at commits from another branch. Allow the metadata to be read from any
list of commits, to provide this flexibility.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make raise_on_error a parameter so that we can control which commands
raise and which do not. If we get an error reading the alias file, just
continue.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than returning a list of things, return an object. That makes it
easier to access the returned items, and easier to extend the return
value later.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds a new library on top of subprocess which permits access to
the subprocess output as it is being generated. We can therefore
give the illusion that a process is running independently, but still
monitor its output so that we know what is going on.
It is possible to display output on a terminal as it is generated
(a little like tee). The supplied output function is called with all
stdout/stderr data as it arrives.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than the rather dull colours, use bright versions which normally
look better and are easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is easy to detect whether or not the process is connected to a terminal,
or piped to a file. Disable ANSI colours automatically when output is
not to a terminal.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewing the ECSPI reset handling shows two issues:
1. For the enable/reset bit (MXC_CSPICTRL_EN) in the control reg
(ECSPIx_CONGREG) the i.MX6 technical reference manual states:
-- cut --
ECSPIx_CONREG[0]: EN: Writing zero to this bit disables the block
and resets the internal logic with the exception of the ECSPI_CONREG.
-- cut --
Note the exception mentioned: The CONREG itself isn't reset.
Fix this by manually writing the reset value 0 to the whole register.
This sets the EN bit to zero, too (i.e. includes the old
~MXC_CSPICTRL_EN).
2. We want to reset the whole SPI block here. So it makes no sense
to first read the old value of the CONREG and write it back, later.
This will give us the old (historic/random) value of the CONREG back.
And doesn't reset the CONREG.
To get a clean CONREG after the reset of the block, too, don't use
the old (historic/random) value of the CONREG while doing the reset.
And read the clean CONREG after the reset.
This was found while working on a SPI boot device where the i.MX6 boot
ROM has already initialized the SPI block. The initialization by the
boot ROM might be different to what the U-Boot driver wants to configure.
I.e. we need a clean reset of SPI block, including the CONREG.
Signed-off-by: Dirk Behme <dirk.behme@de.bosch.com>
CC: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
CC: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Apparently, CONFIG_SYS_HZ must be 1000. Change this, and fix the timer
driver to conform to this.
Have the timer implementation export a custom API get_timer_us() for use
by the BCM2835 MMC API, which needs us resolution for a HW workaround.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
This fixes this build warning:
Configuring for qemu_mips64 - Board: qemu-mips64, Options: SYS_BIG_ENDIAN
text data bss dec hex filename
215344 13082 218720 447146 6d2aa qemu_mips64/u-boot
cfi_flash.c: In function 'flash_map':
cfi_flash.c:217:9: warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
board/freescale/mx6qsabrelite/README explain a procedure to
update the SPI-NOR on the SabreLite board without Freescale
manufacturing tool but following this procedure leads to both
"sf erase" and "sf write" failing on a mx6qsabrelite board:
MX6QSABRELITE U-Boot > sf probe 1
MX6QSABRELITE U-Boot > sf erase 0 0x40000
SPI flash erase failed
MX6QSABRELITE U-Boot > sf write 0x10800000 0 0x40000
SPI flash write failed
This is because the chip-select 1 is wrong and the correct
value is 0x7300.
Since commit c1173bd0 ("sf command: allow default bus and chip selects")
the chip-select and bus arguments for the sf probe command are optional
so let's just remove it and use "sf probe" instead.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier.martinez@collabora.co.uk>
When booting a Freescale kernel 3.0.35 on a Wandboard solo, the get_board_rev()
returns 0x62xxx, which is not a value understood by the VPU
(Video Processing Unit) library in the kernel and causes the video playback to
fail.
The expected values for get_board_rev are:
0x63xxx: For mx6quad/dual
0x61xxx: For mx6dual-lite/solo
So adjust get_board_rev() accordingly and make it as weak function, so that we
do not need to define it in every mx6 board file.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Dirk Behme <dirk.behme@de.bosch.com>
Acked-by: Eric Nelson <eric.nelson@boundarydevices.com>
The netargs variable was referencing the non-existing variable
console_mainline. Change that to console variable instead.
Signed-off-by: Alexandre Pereira da Silva <aletes.xgr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Maximum bus width supported by some i.MX6 boards is not 8bit like
others. In case where both host controller and card support 8bit transfers,
they agree to communicate on 8bit interface while some boards support only 4bit interface.
Due to this reason the mmc 8bit default mode fails on these boards. To rectify this,
define maximum bus width supported by these boards (4bit). If max_bus_width is not
defined, it is 0 by default and 8bit width support will be enabled in host
capabilities otherwise host capabilities are modified accordingly.
It is tested with a MMCplus card.
Signed-off-by: Abbas Raza <Abbas_Raza@mentor.com>
cc: stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
cc: Andy Fleming <afleming@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Dirk Behme <dirk.behme@de.bosch.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Gabbasov <andrew_gabbasov@mentor.com>
The mx25pdk board supports the i.MX25 DryIce RTC (imxdi), so enable it. This
allows to compile-test the imxdi driver in the mainline tree.
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Acked-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Introduce 'mx28evk_nand' target for saving environment variables into NAND.
The mx28evk board does not come with a NAND flash populated from the
factory. It comes with an empty slot (U23), which allows the insertion of a
48-pin TSOP flash device.
Tested with a K9LBG08U0D.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Adds support for 'bmode' command which let user to choose where to
boot from; this allows U-Boot to load system from another storage
without messing with jumpers.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
This documents the SD card identifier so it is easier for user to spot
which card number will be used, if need.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
This makes sure we have inline functions such as inb/outb that
are used in these two files by including the arch-specific
<asm/io.h> header. However the ARM version does not provide the
accessors unless the config symbol __io is also defined so add
that in front of the include.
After this the bios emulator will compile on ARM systems.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The "mmc rescan" command takes no arguments. However, executing
"mmc rescan 1" succeeds, leading the user to believe that MMC device 1
has been rescanned. In fact, the "current" MMC device has been
rescanned, and the current device may well not be 1. Add error-checking
to the "mmc" command to explicitly reject any extra command-line
arguments so that it's more obvious when U-Boot isn't doing what the
user thought they asked it to.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Simon Glass' commit 3929fb0a14,
which changed all occurrences of __bss__end__ into __bss_end,
left behind some untouched __bss_end__ occurrences in all 33
u-boot.lds.debug files, in board/mousse/u-boot.lds.ram and
in board/mousse/u-boot.lds.rom. These are replaced here.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
start_sect is not aligned to a 4 byte boundary thus causing exceptions
on ARM platforms. Access this field via the get_unaligned_le32 macro.
Signed-off-by: Marc Dietrich <marvin24@gmx.de>
CONFIG_SYS_HZ must be 1000, and get_timer() must therefore return ms.
Document this.
README text provided by Tom Rini.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
It was noticed that when `make distclean' is run, the make process
terminates with error reporting something like:
rm: cannot remove '/tmp/foobar/': Is a directory
make: *** [clobber] Error 1
The problem is that the list of files targeted for removal includes a
directory in case CONFIG_SPL_TARGET is not set.
The fix has been tested as follows:
Ran several times the following sequence of commands:
CROSS_COMPILE=/usr/bin/arm-linux-gnueabi- make O=/tmp/foobar smdk5250_config
CROSS_COMPILE=/usr/bin/arm-linux-gnueabi- make O=/tmp/foobar distclean
it did not cause an error, it used to before this change.
Signed-off-by: Vadim Bendebury <vbendeb@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Most of the various environment functions create CONFIG_ENV_SIZE buffers on
the stack. At least on ARM and PPC which have 4KB stacks, this can overflow
the stack if we have large environment sizes. So move all the buffers off
the stack to static buffers.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Bash ver 3.x doesn't support the parameter expansion with case
substitution. Use tr instead.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
This patch provides a support to build the user specified dts.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch addjusted the write buffer size for M29EW devices those
are operated in 8-bit mode.
The M29EW devices seem to report the CFI information wrong when
it's in 8 bit mode.
There's an app note from Numonyx on this issue and there's a patch
in the open source as well for Linux, but it doesn't seem to be in mainline.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Tested-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
This commit is based on that patch from aaron.williams@caviumnetworks.com
with same commit title. pulled the same code changes into current u-boot tree.
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/140863/http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2011-April/089606.html
This patch corrects the addresses used when working with Spansion/AMD FLASH chips.
Addressing for 8 and 16 bits is almost identical except in the 16-bit case the
LSB of the address is always 0. The confusion arose because the addresses
in the datasheet for 16-bit mode are word addresses but this code assumed it was
byte addresses.
I have only been able to test this on our Octeon boards which use either an 8-bit
or 16-bit bus. I have not tested the case where there's an 8-bit part on a 16-bit
bus.
This patch also adds some delays as suggested by Spansion.
If a part can be both 8 and 16-bits, it forces it to work in 8-bit mode if an
8-bit bus is detected.
Apart from the pulled changes, fixed few minor code cleanups and tested
on 256M29EW, 512M29EW flashes.
Before this fix:
---------------
Bank # 1: CFI conformant flash (8 x 8) Size: 64 MB in 512 Sectors
AMD Standard command set, Manufacturer ID: 0xFF, Device ID: 0xFF
Erase timeout: 4096 ms, write timeout: 2 ms
Buffer write timeout: 5 ms, buffer size: 1024 bytes
After this fix:
--------------
Bank # 1: CFI conformant flash (8 x 8) Size: 64 MB in 512 Sectors
AMD Standard command set, Manufacturer ID: 0x89, Device ID: 0x7E2301
Erase timeout: 4096 ms, write timeout: 2 ms
Buffer write timeout: 5 ms, buffer size: 1024 bytes
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <aaron.williams@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Tested-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
'bool' is defined in random places. This patch consolidates them into a
single header file include/linux/types.h, using stdbool.h introduced in C99.
All other #define, typedef and enum are removed. They are all consistent with
true = 1, false = 0.
Replace FALSE, False with false. Replace TRUE, True with true.
Skip *.py, *.php, lib/* files.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
As we shall now be using clock_get_periph_rate function.
We find no reason for keeping code in function exynos5_get_pwm_clk.
Hence, removing it.
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Use generic api to get the pwm clock frequency
Test with command "sf probe 1:0; time sf read 40008000 0 1000".
Try with different numbers of bytes and see that sane values are obtained
Build and boot U-boot with this patch, backlight works properly.
Signed-off-by: Padmavathi Venna <padma.v@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
MPLL is selected as the source clk of pwm by default
Test with command "sf probe 1:0; time sf read 40008000 0 1000".
Try with different numbers of bytes and see that sane values are obtained
Build and boot U-boot with this patch, backlight works properly.
Signed-off-by: Padmavathi Venna <padma.v@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Add generic api to get the frequency of the required peripherial. This
API gets the source clock frequency and returns the required frequency
by dividing with first and second dividers based on the requirement.
Test with command "sf probe 1:0; time sf read 40008000 0 1000".
Try with different numbers of bytes and see that sane values are obtained
Build and boot U-boot with this patch, backlight works properly.
Signed-off-by: Padmavathi Venna <padma.v@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Add peripherial id for pwm inorder to support
generic api to get the clk frequency
Test with command "sf probe 1:0; time sf read 40008000 0 1000".
Try with different numbers of bytes and see that sane values are obtained
Build and boot U-boot with this patch, backlight works properly.
Signed-off-by: Padmavathi Venna <padma.v@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Some small fixes in the exynos pwm driver:
1. NS_IN_HZ is non-sensical since these are not compatible units. This
constant actually describes the number of nanoseconds in a second. Renamed it
to NS_IN_SEC. Also dropped the unnecessary parenthesis.
2. The variable "period" is not used to hold a period, it's used to hold a
frequency. Renamed it to "frequency".
3. tcmp is an unsigned value, so (tcmp < 0) will never be true and the if
which checks that condition will never execute. Also, there should be no
problem if the pwm never switches, so there's no reason to subtract one from
tcmp and therefore no reason to compare it against zero. Removed both ifs. If
they weren't removed, tcmp should be a signed value.
4. Add a check for a 0 period.
Test with command "sf probe 1:0; time sf read 40008000 0 1000".
Try with different numbers of bytes and see that sane values are obtained
Build and boot U-boot with this patch, backlight works properly.
Signed-off-by: Gabe Black <gabeblack@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
The pwm_config function in the exynos pwm driver divides by its period
period parameter. A function was calling pwm_config with a 0ns period and a
0ns duty cycle. That doesn't actually make any sense physically, and results
in a divide by zero in the driver. This change changes the parameters to be a
100000ns period and duty cycle.
Test with command "sf probe 1:0; time sf read 40008000 0 1000".
Try with different numbers of bytes and see that sane values are obtained
Build and boot U-boot with this patch, backlight works properly.
Signed-off-by: Gabe Black <gabeblack@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
First, the "div" value was being used incorrectly to compute the frequency of
the PWM timer. The value passed in is a constant which reflects the value
that would be found in a configuration register, 0 to 4. That should
correspond to a scaling factor of 1, 2, 4, 8, or 16, 1 << div, but div + 1 was
being used instead.
Second, the reset value of the timers were being calculated to give an overall
frequency, thrown out, and set to a maximum value. This was done so that PWM 4
could be used as the system clock by counting down from a high value, but it
was applied indiscriminantly. It should at most be applied only to PWM 4.
This change also takes the opportunity to tidy up the pwm_init function.
Test with command "sf probe 1:0; time sf read 40008000 0 1000".
Try with different numbers of bytes and see that sane values are obtained
Build and boot U-boot with this patch, backlight works properly.
Signed-off-by: Gabe Black <gabeblack@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
timer_get_us returns the time in microseconds since a certain reference
point of history. However, it does not guarantee to return an accurate
time after a long period; instead, it wraps around (that is, the
reference point is reset to some other point of history) after some
periods. The frequency of wrapping around is about an hour (or 2^32
microseconds).
Test with command "sf probe 1:0; time sf read 40008000 0 1000".
Try with different numbers of bytes and see that sane values are obtained
Signed-off-by: Che-Liang Chiou <clchiou@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
At present get_timer() does not return sane values. It should count up
smoothly in milliscond intervals.
We can change the PWM to count down at 1MHz, providing a resolution
of 1us and a range of about an hour between required get_timer() calls.
Test with command "sf probe 1:0; time sf read 40008000 0 1000".
Try with different numbers of bytes and see that sane values are obtained
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
After merging LCD patches for v2013.04 the bcm2835 video
driver building is broken due to removal of many global
variables. Fix the driver.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
We intended to clear the bits of CLK_SRC_TOP2 register, instead we were
writing on the reserved bits of src_core1 register. Since the default
value of clk_src_top2 register were itself zero, this typo was not
creating any big issue. But it is better to fix this error for better
readability of the code.
Signed-off-by: Hatim Ali <hatim.rv@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This enables hash command.
Tested with command "hash sha256 0x40008000 0x2B 0x40009000".
Used mm and md to write a standard string to memory location
0x40008000 and ran the above command to verify the output.
Signed-off-by: ARUN MANKUZHI <arun.m@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adding H/W acceleration support to hash which can be used
to test SHA 256 hash algorithm.
Signed-off-by: ARUN MANKUZHI <arun.m@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
* default bootmenu entries:
attached kernel, internal eMMC memory, external SD card,
u-boot boot order
* in CONFIG_PREBOOT try load bootmenu.scr from first partition
of internal eMMC memory (also known as MyDocs) which (should)
overwrite default bootmenu entries
* when keyboard slide is closed boot first menu entry
* when keyborad slide is open show bootmenu
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
The "bootmenu" command uses U-Boot menu interfaces and provides
a simple mechanism for creating menus with several boot items.
When running this command the menu will be assembled as defined
by a set of environment variables which contain a title and
command key-value pairs. The "Up" and "Down" keys are used for
navigation through the items. Current active menu item is
highlighted and can be selected using the "Enter" key.
The command interprets and generates various ANSI escape
sequencies, so for proper menu rendering and item selection
the used terminal should support them.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
[agust: various fixes and documentation updates]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Checking the default menu item and obtaining its data can
be useful in custom menu code. Export menu_default_choice()
function which serves this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Selecting menu items is currently done in menu_interactive_choice()
by reading the user input strings from standard input.
Extend menu_interactive_choice() to support user defined function
for selecting menu items. This function and its argument can be
specified when creating the menu.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
"spl_imgsize" was set as decimal variable by "setexpr"
and this causes wrong image size written by "ext4write".
Preset this val with "0x" prefix allow to fix this issue.
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Enclosing process_nodes() and spi_get_config() inside
CONFIG_OF_CONTROL, since they are compiled only for DT systems.
This fixes following warning:
exynos_spi.c:391:12: warning: 'process_nodes' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Compiling for non-dt systems gives folowing warning:
smdk5250.c: In function 'board_eth_init':
smdk5250.c:152:6: warning: unused variable 'node' [-Wunused-variable]
Declare variable 'node' only for dt enabled systems to remove this
warning.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
The _start symbol is already relocated, so do not add the relocation the second
time in c_runtime_cpu_setup.
This fixes e.g. the abort exception handling path, which ended in double fault
due to bad address in VBAR.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <v-stehle@ti.com>
Reported-by: Lubomir Popov <lpopov@mm-sol.com>
The 'XN' execute never bit is set in the pagetables. This will
prevent speculative prefetches to non executable regions. But the
domain permissions are set as master in the DACR register.
So the pagetable attribute for 'XN' is not effective. Change the
permissions to client.
This fixes lot of speculative prefetch aborts seen on OMAP5
secure devices.
Signed-off-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Tested-by: Vincent Stehle <v-stehle@ti.com>
Cc: Vincent Stehle <v-stehle@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Introduce a weak version of dram_bank_setup function
to allow a platform specific function.
This is used in the subsequent patch to setup dram region
without 'XN' attribute in order to enable the region
under client permissions.
Signed-off-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Cc: Vincent Stehle <v-stehle@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
We declare the set_section_dcache function globally in the cache header, for
later use by e.g. machine specific code.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <v-stehle <at> ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini <at> ti.com>
Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
The ext4write command was taking the in-memory address and filename path
in reverse order from the rest of the filesystem read and write
commands. This corrects the order to be the same as fatload, etc.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
While the kernel mainly uses pr_debug(...), etc, for debug messages, we
use debug(...). Add this to the list of logFunctions so that they are
correctly checked (and not warned against) for long string literals.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This is not called outside of env_callback.c so mark static, remove from
<env_callback.h>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This allows:
MAKEALL -s tegra
to replace:
MAKEALL -s tegra20 -s tegra30 -s tegra114
The following also works:
MAKEALL -s tegra -s omap
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Since we have DT support in exynos_fb and exynos_dp drivers now,
we need not define any static structure or platform data related to
display in the board file smdk5250.c.
So, we place the already existing structures inside #ifndef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL block.
Signed-off-by: Ajay Kumar <ajaykumar.rs@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Add function to parse the required platform data fron DP DT node
and fill the edp_info structure.
Signed-off-by: Ajay Kumar <ajaykumar.rs@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
dp_regs variable was redundantly defined across all the functions in
the driver even though it contains just the same address. We make it
global and initialize it once using exynos_dp_set_base_addr().
>From then on, other funtions can use the address stored in the global variable.
Signed-off-by: Ajay Kumar <ajaykumar.rs@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Add function to parse FIMD data from device tree.
The driver still supports non-DT case.
Define panel_info statically in some file if you are not using DT.
If you have defined DT node for FIMD, panel_info will be filled
using the bindings of FIMD DT node.
Signed-off-by: Ajay Kumar <ajaykumar.rs@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
fimd_ctrl variable was redundantly defined across all the functions in
the driver even though it contains just the same address. We make it
global and initialize it in exynos_fimd_lcd_init. From then on, other
funtions can use the data in the global variable.
Signed-off-by: Ajay Kumar <ajaykumar.rs@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Replaced the functionality of callbacks by using a standard set of functions.
Instead of implementing and hooking up a callback, put the same code in one of
the standard set of functions by overriding it.
Signed-off-by: Ajay Kumar <ajaykumar.rs@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Replaced the functionality of callbacks by using a standard set of functions.
Instead of implementing and hooking up a callback, put the same code in one of
the standard set of functions by overriding it.
This patch is tested only on SMDK5250.
For Trats and universal_c210 board, it is only compile tested.
Signed-off-by: Ajay Kumar <ajaykumar.rs@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Tested on my Dalmore E1611 board, eMMC and SD-Card work fine, can load
a kernel off of an SD card OK, card detect works, and the env is now
stored in eMMC (end of the 2nd 'boot' sector, same as Tegra20/30).
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
T114 requires SD bus power-rail bringup for the SDIO card on SDMMC3.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
SDIO1 (the SD-card slot on Dalmore) needs to have its pads setup
before the MMC driver is added.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Add driver for tegra114 SPI controller. This controller is not
compatible with either the tegra20 or tegra30 controllers, so it
requires a new driver.
Signed-off-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Dalmore has a SPI flash part attached to controller 4, so enable
controller 4 and set to 25MHz.
Signed-off-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Add a common interface to fdt based SPI drivers. Each driver is
represented by a table entry in fdt_spi_drivers[]. If there are
multiple SPI drivers in the table, the first driver to return success
from spi_init() will be registered as the SPI driver.
Signed-off-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Make the tegra20 SPI driver similar to the tegra30 (and soon to be
tegra114) SPI drivers in preparation of common fdt SPI driver front
end.
Signed-off-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Move register structs from headers into .c files and use common name.
This is in preparation of making common fdt front end for SPI
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Remove non fdt support from tegra20 and tegra30 SPI drivers in
preparation of new common fdt based SPI driver front end.
Signed-off-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Rename tegra SPI drivers to tegra20_flash and tegra20_slink in
preparation for commonization and addition of tegra114_spi.
Signed-off-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
This feature was only used for tegra20 seaboard that had a pinmux
conflict on the SPI pins. These boards were never manufactured, so
remove this support to clean up SPI driver.
Signed-off-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Gets rid of warnings from omap_gpio:
ERROR : check_gpio: invalid GPIO -1
(and undefined behaviour as the -1 error code is interpreted as gpio value)
Signed-off-by: Peter Korsgaard <peter.korsgaard@barco.com>
Let mmc_getcd() return true and mmc_getwp() false if mmc driver doesn't
provide handlers for them.
Signed-off-by: Peter Korsgaard <peter.korsgaard@barco.com>
[trini: Add braces around first if test in each case to fix warning]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
All of these platforms have memory starting at 0x80000000, so this is
the correct CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR for all of them.
Acked-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
AM33XX and TI814X have a similar mux though the pinmux register
layout and address space differ. Add a separate ti814x mux include
to support the TI814X-specific differences.
Signed-off-by: Matt Porter <mporter@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
The AM33xx emif4/ddr support closely matches what is need to support
TI814x except that TI814x has two EMIF instances. Refactor all the
emif4 helper calls and the config_ddr() init function to use an
additional instance number argument.
Signed-off-by: Matt Porter <mporter@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Eliminate AM33xx specific names to prepare for TI814x support
within AM33xx-land.
Signed-off-by: Matt Porter <mporter@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
- In arch/arm/cpu/armv7/omap-common/timer.c,
drivers/mtd/nand/omap_gpmc.c and drivers/net/cpsw.c add #include files
that the driver needs but had been relying on <config.h> to bring in.
- In arch/arm/cpu/armv7/omap-common/lowlevel_init.S add <config.h>
- In am335x_evm.h and pcm051.h don't globally include
<asm/arch/hardware.h> and <asm/arch/cpu.h> but just <asm/arch/omap.h>
as that is the only include which defines things the config uses.
Cc: Lars Poeschel <poeschel@lemonage.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
With v3.9 and later of the Linux Kernel defaulting to multi-platform
images with omap2plus_defconfig, uImage isn't builtable anymore by
default. Add CONFIG_CMD_BOOTZ so that we can still boot something the
kernel spits out.
Signed-off-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@iseebcn.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@dowhile0.org>
Just fix a typo displaying the CPU info. With CONFIG_DISPLAY_INFO we see
something like AMAM335X-GP rev 0 instead of AM335X-GP rev 0.
Signed-off-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@iseebcn.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@dowhile0.org>
Enable DDR PHY dynamic power down bit, which enables
powering down the IO receiver when not performing read.
This also helps in reducing overall power consumption in
low power states (suspend/standby).
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Hiremath <hvaibhav@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Satyanarayana, Sandhya <sandhya.satyanarayana@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The original write to sdram_config is correct for DDR3 but incorrect
for DDR2 so SPL was hanging. For DDR2, the write to sdram_config
should be after the writes to ref_ctrl. This was working for DDR3
because there was a write of 0x2800 to ref_ctrl before a write
to sdram_config.
Tested on: GP EVM 1.1A (DDR2), GP EVM 1.5A (DDR3),
Beaglebone A6 (DDR2), Beagleone Blacd A4A (DDR3)
Signed-off-by: Steve Kipisz <s-kipisz2@ti.com>
Make bootcmd run findfdt so that we know what dtb file to load. Add a
loadfdt command to load this file in. Make mmcboot pass in ${fdtaddr}
and make the mmc section of bootcmd run loadfdt.
Signed-off-by: Koen Kooi <koen@dominion.thruhere.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
The kernel is loaded from some form of ext[234] or FAT, depending on the
distribution used. We add a bootpart variable to the environment so
that we can load from the correct mmc partition as well. We leave
CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 for existing scripts that use ext2load.
Signed-off-by: Koen Kooi <koen@dominion.thruhere.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
Currently WAIT0 irq is reset and then WAIT1 irq is enabled.
Fix it such that WAIT0 irq is enabled instead.
Signed-off-by: Mark Jackson <mpfj@newflow.co.uk>
Acked-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
Allow AM335x MPU core clock speed to be specified in the board config file.
To use, add the following to the board's config file:-
#define CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK <desired clock freq in MHz>
Signed-off-by: Mark Jackson <mpfj@newflow.co.uk>
Acked-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
commit d484b52 "video: Skip bitmaps which do not fit into the screen in
cfb_console" breaks splash screen alignment which is passed in as magic
(BMP_ALIGN_CENTER) x/y coordinates. Moving the check after the alignment block
fixes this.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Weisser <weisserm@arcor.de>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently bitmap logos don't interpret the X coordinate
correctly if the bpp is anything other than 8.
Signed-off-by: Andre Renaud <andre@bluewatersys.com>
Hide the console macros since some reference global data which is
no longer present.
cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
- Make the brackets of the function calls more consistent
- Remove really unnecessary brackets
- Removes the extern from the function definitions
- Remove curly brackets from single line statements
- Remove lcd_setmem proto since it is already in common.h
- Cleanup comments, remove useless comments
- Remove NOT_USED_SO_FAR ifdef
- Cleanup coding style
cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
[agust: rebased the original patch]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Since the lcd code was compiled unconditionally for pxa also add
CONFIG_PXA_LCD to the boards using this framebuffer. Since
driver/video contains video and lcd drivers, add lcd to the name
to make clear it belongs to common/lcd.c.
cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
cc: Cliff Brake <cliff.brake@gmail.com>
cc: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Since the lcd code was compiled unconditionally in arch also
add CONFIG_MPC8XX_LCD to the boards using this driver.
cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Since CONFIG_VIDEO_AMBA is not set by any board, it does not seem
to be used, so remove it since there is no way to (compile) test it.
cc: Alessandro Rubini <rubini@unipv.it>
cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Acked-by: Alessandro Rubini <rubini@unipv.it>
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Enable the SD controller driver for the Raspberry Pi. Enable a number
of useful MMC, partition, and filesystem-related commands. Set up the
environment to provide standard locations for loading a kernel, DTB,
etc. Provide a boot command that loads and executes boot.scr.uimg from
the SD card; this is written considering future extensibilty to USB
storage.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
This adds a simple driver for the BCM2835's SD controller.
Workarounds are implemented for:
* Register writes can't be too close to each-other in time, or they will
be lost.
* Register accesses must all be 32-bit, so implement custom accessors.
This code was extracted from:
git://github.com/gonzoua/u-boot-pi.git master
which was created by Oleksandr Tymoshenko.
Portions of the code there were obviously based on the Linux kernel at:
git://github.com/raspberrypi/linux.git rpi-3.6.y
commit f5b930b "Main bcm2708 linux port" signed-off-by Dom Cobley.
swarren changed the following for upstream:
* Removed hack udelay()s in bcm2835_sdhci_raw_writel(); setting
SDHCI_QUIRK_WAIT_SEND_CMD appears to solve the issues.
* Remove register logging from read*/write* functions.
* Sort out confusion with min/max_freq values passed to add_sdhci().
* Use more descriptive variable names and calculations in IO accessors.
* Simplified and commented twoticks_delay calculation.
* checkpatch fixes.
Cc: Andy Fleming <afleming@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Tymoshenko <gonzo@bluezbox.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Acked-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@gmail.com>
The firmware running on the bcm2835 SoC's VideoCore CPU manages the
display controller. Add a simple "LCD" driver that communicates with the
firmware using the property mailbox protocol. This configures the
display and frame-buffer to match whatever physical resolution the
firmware chosen when booting, which is typically the native resolution
of the attached display device, presumably unless otherwise specified
in config.txt on the boot media.
Enable this driver in the Raspberry Pi board configuration.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
There appears to be no implementation of flush_dcache_range() for
ARM1176, so explicitly disable dcache support to avoid references to
that function from the LCD core in the next patch. This was presumably
not noticed before simply because no drivers for the rpi_b were
attempting DMA.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
When an LCD driver is actually driving a regular external display, e.g.
an HDMI monitor, the display resolution might not be known until the
display controller has initialized, i.e. during lcd_ctrl_init(). However,
lcd.c calculates lcd_line_length before calling this function, thus
relying on a hard-coded resolution in struct panel_info.
Instead, defer this calculation until after lcd_ctrl_init() has had the
chance to dynamically determine the resolution. This needs to happen
before lcd_clear(), since the value is used there.
grep indicates that no code outside lcd.c uses this lcd_line_length; in
particular, no lcd_ctrl_init() implementations read it.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
The firmware running on the bcm2835 SoC's VideoCore CPU determines how
much of the system RAM is available for use by the ARM CPU. Previously,
U-Boot assumed that only 128MB was available, since this was the
smallest value configured by any public firmware. However, we can now
query the actual value at run-time from the firmware using the mbox
property protocol.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
The BCM2835 SoC contains (at least) two CPUs; the VideoCore (a/k/a "GPU")
and the ARM CPU. The ARM CPU is often thought of as the main CPU.
However, the VideoCore actually controls the initial SoC boot, and hides
much of the hardware behind a protocol. This protocol is transported
using the SoC's mailbox hardware module.
Here, we add a very simplistic driver for the mailbox module, and define
a few structures for the property messages.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Wandboard is a development board that has two variants: one version based
on mx6 dual lite and another one based on mx6 solo.
For more details about Wandboard, please refer to: http://www.wandboard.org/
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
When loading a Freescale 2.6.35 on a mx28evk the following issue is seen:
sgtl5000_hw_read: read reg error : Reg 0x00
Device with ID register 0 is not a SGTL5000
Disabling CONFIG_CMD_I2C makes the sgtl5000 probe to succeed.
Mainline kernel does not show this problem.
Until the real cause is not identified, disable 'CONFIG_CMD_I2C' for the
time being.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
The i.MX6 common timer uses the 32-bit variable tbl (time base lower)
to record the overflow of the 32-bit counter. I.e. if the counter
overflows, the variable tbl does overflow, too.
To capture this overflow, use the variable tbu (time base upper), too.
Return the combined value of tbl and tbu.
lastinc is unused then, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Knut Wohlrab <knut.wohlrab@de.bosch.com>
Signed-off-by: Dirk Behme <dirk.behme@de.bosch.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Currently the following kernel hang happens when loading a 2.6.35 kernel from
Freeescale on a mx28evk board:
RPC: Registered tcp transport module.
RPC: Registered tcp NFSv4.1 backchannel transport module.
Bus freq driver module loaded
IMX usb wakeup probe
usb h1 wakeup device is registered
mxs_cpu_init: cpufreq init finished
...
Loading the same kernel using the bootlets from the imx-bootlets-src-10.12.01
package, the hang does not occur.
Comparing the DDR2 initialization from the bootlets code against the U-boot
one, we can notice some mismatches, and after applying the same initialization
into U-boot the 2.6.35 kernel can boot normally.
Also tested with 'mtest' command, which runs succesfully.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This command is useful for measuring SPI flash load times and the like.
Enable gettime as well to obtain absolute time tick values.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is possible that our PCI bus will provide the SPI controller, so change
the init order to make this work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable device tree control of SPI flash, and use this to implement
memory-mapped SPI flash, which is supported on Intel chips.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This SPI controller can only write 64 bytes at a time. Add this restriction
in so that 'sf write' works correct for blocks larger than 64 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some SPI flash controllers (e.g. Intel ICH) have a limit on the number of
bytes that can be in a write transaction. Support this by breaking the
writes into multiple transactions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some SPI controllers (e.g. Intel ICH) have a limit on the number of SPI
bytes that can be written at a time. Add this as a parameter so that
clients of the SPI interface can respect this value.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This supports Intel ICH7/9. The Intel controller is a little unusual in
that it is mostly intended for use with SPI flash, and has some
optimisations and features specifically for that application. In
particular it is not possible to support ongoing transactions that
continue over many calls with SPI_XFER_BEGIN and SPI_XFER_END.
This driver supports writes of up to 64 bytes at a time, the limit
for the controller. Future work will improve this.
Signed-off-by: Bernie Thompson <bhthompson@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Duncan Laurie <dlaurie@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Bill Richardson <wfrichar@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Vadim Bendebury <vbendeb@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Gabe Black <gabeblack@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than each device having its own way to allocate a SPI flash
structure, use the new allocation function everywhere. This will make it
easier to extend the interface without breaking devices.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present it is difficult to extend the SPI flash structure since
all devices allocate it themselves, and few of them zero all fields.
Add a new function spi_flash_alloc() which can be used by SPI devices
to perform this allocation, and thus ensure that all devices can
better cope with SPI structure changes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than each driver having its own way to allocate a SPI slave,
use the new allocation function everywhere. This will make it easier
to extend the interface without breaking drivers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present it is difficult to extend the SPI structure since all
drivers allocate it themselves, and few of them zero all fields. Add
a new function spi_alloc_slave() which can be used by SPI drivers
to perform this allocation, and thus ensure that all drivers can
better cope with SPI structure changes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is common to have a "reg = <address size>" property in the FDT.
Add a function to handle this, similar to the existing
fdtdec_get_addr();
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Albert's rework of the linker scripts conflicted with Simon's making
everyone use __bss_end. We also had a minor conflict over
README.scrapyard being added to in mainline and enhanced in
u-boot-arm/master with proper formatting.
Conflicts:
arch/arm/cpu/ixp/u-boot.lds
arch/arm/cpu/u-boot.lds
arch/arm/lib/Makefile
board/actux1/u-boot.lds
board/actux2/u-boot.lds
board/actux3/u-boot.lds
board/dvlhost/u-boot.lds
board/freescale/mx31ads/u-boot.lds
doc/README.scrapyard
include/configs/tegra-common.h
Build tested for all of ARM and run-time tested on am335x_evm.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Use the ability to have several active EHCI controller on a system
in the PCI EHCI controller implementation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[port of Linux kernel commit bcd218be5aeb by Steve Glendinning]
The eeprom read & write commands currently check the E2P_CMD_LOADED_ bit is
set before allowing any operations. This prevents any reading or writing
unless a correctly programmed EEPROM is installed.
Signed-off-by: Michael Spang <spang@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The interrupt endpoint handling code stores the buffer pointer in the QH
padding field. We need to make it the size of a pointer to avoid strict
aliasing issue with the compiler.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Interrupt transfers aren't meant to be used from the async list
(the EHCI spec indicates trouble with low/full-speed intr on async).
Build a periodic list instead, and provide an API to make use of it.
Then, use that API from the existing interrupt transfer API.
This provides support for USB keyboards using EHCI.
Use timeouts to ensure we cannot get stuck in the keyboard scanning
if something wrong happens (USB device unplugged or fatal I/O error)
Signed-off-by: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Julius Werner <jwerner@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enabling the non-dt path for the driver so that
we don't get any build errors for non-dt configuration.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With current FDT support driver tries to parse device node
twice in ehci_hcd_init() and ehci_hcd_stop(), which shouldn't
happen ideally.
Making provision to store data in a global structure and thereby
passing its pointer when needed.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
This patch adds the USB Mass Storage Gadget to u-boot
New command called "ums" is implemented to provide access
to on-device embedded persistent memory.
USB Mass Storage is supposed to work on top of the USB
Gadget framework
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Wilczek <p.wilczek@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
CC: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
The storage_common.c source file from v2.6.36 Linux kernel.
commit d26a6aa08b9f12b44fb1ee65625e7480d3d5bb81
Author: Michal Nazarewicz <m.nazarewicz@samsung.com>
Date: Mon Nov 9 14:15:23 2009 +0100
USB: g_mass_storage: code cleaned up and comments updated
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Pietrasiewicz <andrzej.p@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
CC: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
This commit fixes problems with some non-standard requests send with
device address instead of interface address (bmRequestType.Receipent field).
This happens with dfu-util (debian version: 0.5), which address non standard
requests (like w_value=0x21 and bRequest=GET_DESCRIPTOR) to device.
Without this fix, the above request is STALLED, and hence causes dfu-util
to assume some standard configuration (packet size = 1024B instead of 4096B)
In turn it displays following errors:
Error obtaining DFU functional descriptor
Warning: Assuming DFU version 1.0
Warning: Transfer size can not be detected
...
Warning: Trying default transfer size 1024
This fix allows passing non-standard request to function setup code, where
it shall be handled.
Tested at: Trats (exynos4210)
Tested with:DFU and UMS gadgets
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
When both CONFIG_USB_GADGET & CONFIG_USB_ETHER are defined
the makefile links objects twice.
This patch uses a Makefile specific idiom of
'if defined(CONFIG_USB_GADGET) || defined(CONFIG_USB_ETHER)'
to handle the case.
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Dealing with raw block numbers with the dfu is very annoying.
Introduce a partition method.
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Zero out timeout value; letting it filled with undefined values
ends up with the dfu host hanging.
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
On EHCI controller with 64-bit address space support, we must initialize
properly the high word for the PCI bus master accesses.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Instead of hardcoding the PCI IDs on the USB controller, use the PCI
class to detect them.
Ensure the busmaster bit is properly set in the PCI configuration.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We decided to used unsigned int here, rather than unsigned long. But
for the generic global_data it is still unsigned long. So change it
over.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These macros are already defined in io.h so should not be declared in
serial.c.
serial.c:38:0: warning: "READ_BYTE" redefined
/home/sjg/c/src/third_party/u-boot/files/include/asm/io.h:36:0: note: this is the location of the previous definition
serial.c:39:0: warning: "READ_HWORD" redefined
/home/sjg/c/src/third_party/u-boot/files/include/asm/io.h:37:0: note: this is the location of the previous definition
serial.c:40:0: warning: "READ_WORD" redefined
/home/sjg/c/src/third_party/u-boot/files/include/asm/io.h:38:0: note: this is the location of the previous definition
serial.c:41:0: warning: "READ_DWORD" redefined
/home/sjg/c/src/third_party/u-boot/files/include/asm/io.h:39:0: note: this is the location of the previous definition
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It isn't clear why the sparc cpu Makefile has its own compile line, but
it does not work correctly with an out-of-tree build. Removing it fixes
this problem. Perhaps it does not introduce others.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This cast does not seem correct, since we should be writing to a pointer,
not a ulong.
This fixes the following warning on nds32:
-ns16550.c:49: warning: passing argument 2 of 'writeb' makes pointer from integer without a cast
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The frame buffer pointer in global_data is not a pointer, so we should
remove these casts.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Now that board_init_f() is not marked as noreturn, we need to do the same
to blackfin's cpu_init_f() function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For x86 the global_data is managed entirely by the start.S code so we do
not need to touch it. However, we do have some more initcalls to add.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For x86, things have adjusted somewhat since this series was originally
written. It has its own way of running through initcalls which is actually
nicer than others archs.
Unfortunately this does introduce exceptions. We will soon require use of
generic board on x86, but until then we need to fit in with what is there,
and treat x86 as a special case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds ppc features to the generic pre-relocation board init.
This is a separate commit so that these features are clearly shown.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Link symbols as created by the link script can either be absolute or
relative to the text start. This option switches between the two options
so that we can support both.
As we convert architectures over to generic board, we can see if this
option is actually needed, or whether it is possible to unify this feature
also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These boards define CONFIG_LAST_STAGE_INIT and CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R
but these options are not available on ARM. Move them into the powerpc
common file instead.
This change affects: km_kirkwood_pci, mgcoge3un, kmnusa, kmcoge5un,
km_kirkwood and portl2.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This file handles common pre-relocation init for boards which use
the generic framework.
It starts up the console, DRAM, performs relocation and then jumps
to post-relocation init.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Acked-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
These functions are only available for powerpc and are not declared in a
header file. We want to use the rest function in two places (board_f and
board_r), so declare the functions in watchdog.h.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We are introducing a new unified board setup. Add a check to make sure that
board config files do not define CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD unless their
architecture defines __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD
__HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD will currently not be the default setting, but
we can switch this later when most architecture support generic board.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This library supports calling a list of functions one after the
other.
It is intended that we move to a more powerful initcall implementation
as proposed by Graeme Russ <graeme.russ@gmail.com>. For now, this allows
us to do the basics.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We create a separate header file for link symbols defined by the link
scripts. It is helpful to have these all in one place and try to
make them common across architectures. Since Linux already has a similar
file, we bring this in even though many of the symbols there are not
relevant to us.
Each architecture has its own asm/sections.h where symbols specifc to
that architecture can be added. For now everything except AVR32 just
includes the generic header.
One change is needed in arch/avr32/lib/board.c to make this conversion
work.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com> (version 5)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Note this is a tree-wide change affecting multiple architectures.
At present we use __bss_start, but mostly __bss_end__. This seems
inconsistent and in a number of places __bss_end is used instead.
Change to use __bss_end for the BSS end symbol throughout U-Boot. This
makes it possible to use the asm-generic/sections.h file on all
archs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This file holds the board info structure. We need this to be generic
for the unified board series, so create a structure which contains
the basic fields required by the main architectures.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When building for the nitrogen boards with 2GiB the following warning happens:
nitrogen6x.c:89:38: warning: integer overflow in expression [-Woverflow]
2GiB can not fit in 32-bits, so use ulong instead.
Reported-by: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Fix the following build error when buildig nitrogen6s1g:
nitrogen6x.c:89:17: error: 'CONFIG_DDR_MB' undeclared (first use in
this function)
nitrogen6x.c:89:17: note: each undeclared identifier is reported only
once for each function it appears in
Reported-by: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Pad config registers exist in APB_MISC_GP space, and control slew
rate, drive strengh, schmidt, high-speed, and low-power modes for
all of the pingroups in Tegra30. This builds off of the pinmux
way of constructing init tables to configure select pads (SDIOCFG,
for instance) during pinmux_init().
Currently, no padcfg entries exist. SDIO3CFG will be added when the
MMC driver is added as per the TRM to work with the SD-card slot on
Dalmore E1611.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
All other Tegra boards have their alias nodes in the .dts file
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The pinmux code issues a warning if the caller attempts to disable the
lock bit in a pinmux register, since this is impossible (once it's
locked, the only way to unlock it is to reset the device/pmt controller).
The I2C/DDC/CEC/USB macros expect a lock setting to be passed in,
and the previous setting of DISABLE caused the pinmux table parsing
code to issue the warning. Changing the lock bits in these table
entries to DEFAULT (i.e. don't touch it) fixes this.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Differences in padcfg registers (some removed, some added) between
Tegra30 and Tegra114 weren't picked up when I first ported this file.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
This caused CAM_MCLK's pinmux reg to be locked out, since the
table parsing code couldn't find a matching entry for VI_ALT3
and wrote garbage to the register.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Enable a common set of partition types, filesystems, and related
commands in tegra-common.h, so that they are available on all Tegra
boards. This allows boot.scr (loaded and executed by the default
built-in environment) on those boards to assume that certain features
are always available.
Do this in tegra-common.h, so that individual board files can undefine
the features if they really don't want any of them.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Various code that is conditional upon HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE is required by
code conditional upon CONFIG_CMD_PART. So, enable HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE if
CONFIG_CMD_PART is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
This set of ifdefs is used in a number of places. Move its definition
somewhere common so it doesn't have to be repeated.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
All Tegra devices will need CONFIG_BOUNCE_BUFFER. Move it to
tegra-common.h to ensure it's always set.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Tested on my Cardhu-A04 tablet, eMMC and SD-Card work fine, can load
a kernel off of an SD card OK, card detect works, and the env is now
stored in eMMC (end of the 2nd 'boot' sector, same as Tegra20).
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tegra30 SD/MMC controller differs enough from Tegra20 that it
needs its own entry in the compat_names/compat_id tables and in
the Tegra MMC driver.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tegra30 requires the SD Bus Voltage & Power bits be set in the SD
Power Control register. Tegra20 works w/o them set, but do it anyway
for those SoCs as it's part of the SD spec. Also call a common
board pad init routine (pad_init_mmc) in mmc_reset(), used by
Tegra30 only for now.
Note that Tegra20 SD/MMC HW differs enough from Tegra20 that a
new compatible entry is used in the fdt compat_names/id tables.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
T30 requires specific SDMMC pad programming, and bus power-rail bringup.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Removed SDMMC base addresses from tegra.h since they're no longer used.
Added additional vendor-specific SD/MMC registers and bus power defines.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Pad config registers exist in APB_MISC_GP space, and control slew
rate, drive strengh, schmidt, high-speed, and low-power modes for
all of the pingroups in Tegra30. This builds off of the pinmux
way of constructing init tables to configure select pads (SDIOCFG,
for instance) during pinmux_init().
Currently, only SDIO1CFG is changed as per the TRM to work with
the SD-card slot on Cardhu.
Thanks to StephenW for the suggestion/original idea.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Use the latest tables & code from our internal U-Boot repo.
The SDMMC3_CD, CLK_LB_IN and CLK_LB_OUT offsets in the pingroup
table were off by a few indices, causing the pinmux init code to
write bad data to the PINMUX_AUX_ regs. This also enabled the lock
bit, which made it impossible to reconfig the pads correctly for
SDMMC3 (SD card on Dalmore) operation. Also fixes SPI_CS2_N,
USB_VBUS_EN0, HDMI_CEC and UART2_RXD/TXD muxes.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
This was an older debug/developmental file that got added
accidentally. Not needed/used in any Cardhu build.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
A Tegra114 HW bug prevents the main CPU vector from being modified under
certain circumstances. Tegra114 A01P and later with a patched boot ROM
set the CPU reset vector to 0x4003fffc (end of IRAM). This allows placing
an arbitrary jump instruction at that location, in order to redirect to
the desired reset vector location. Modify Tegra114's start_cpu() to make
use of this feature. This allows CPUs with the patched boot ROM to boot.
Based-on-work-by: Jimmy Zhang <jimmzhang@nvidia.com>.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Minor edits to clock, apbdma and SPI, make I2C match kernel DT, and add gpio
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
tegra_mmc_init() now parses the DT info for bus width, WP/CD GPIOs, etc.
Tested on Seaboard, fully functional.
Tamonten boards (medcom-wide, plutux, and tec) use a different/new
dtsi file w/common settings.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@avionic-design.de>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Linux dts files were used for those boards that didn't already
have sdhci info populated. Tamonten has their own dtsi file with
common sdhci nodes (sourced from Linux).
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@avionic-design.de>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
dts Makefile has the arch & board include paths added to DTS_CPPFLAGS.
This allows the use of '#include "xyz"' in the dts/dtsi file which
helps the C preprocessor find common dtsi include files.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested all 5 'buses', i2c probe enumerates device addresses on bus
0, 1 and 2.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Laxman Dewangan <ldewangan@nvidia.com>
T114, like T30, does not have a separate/different DVC (power I2C)
controller like T20 - all 5 I2C controllers are identical, but
I2C5 is used to designate the controller intended for power
control (PWR_I2C in the schematics). PWR_I2C is set to 400KHz.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Laxman Dewangan <ldewangan@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
T114 has a slightly different I2C clock, with a new (extra) divisor
in standard/fast mode and HS mode. Tested on my Dalmore, and the I2C
clock is 100KHz +/- 3Hz on my Saleae Logic analyzer.
Added a new entry in compat_names for T114 I2C since it differs
from the previous Tegra SoCs. A flag is set when T114 I2C HW is
found so new features like the extra clock divisor can be used.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Laxman Dewangan <ldewangan@nvidia.com>
I2C driver can now probe dev 0 (PWR_I2C, where the PMU, etc. lives).
This is needed so that the SDIO slot power can be brought up for
the MMC driver, so it has to precede those commits.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The ehci_hcd entry points were just calling into the Tegra USB
functions. Now that they are in the same file we can just move over the
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Lucas Stach <dev@lynxeye.de>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
This moves the Tegra USB implementation into the drivers/usb/host
directory. Note that this merges the old
/arch/arm/cpu/armv7/tegra20/usb.c file into ehci-tegra.c. No code
changes, just moving stuff around.
v2: While at it also move some defines and the usb.h header file to make
usb driver usable for Tegra30.
NOTE: A lot more work is required to properly init the PHYs and PLL_U on
Tegra30, this is just to make porting easier and it does no harm here.
Signed-off-by: Lucas Stach <dev@lynxeye.de>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Remove unneeded headers, function prototype and stale comment, that
doesn't match the actual codebase anymore.
Signed-off-by: Lucas Stach <dev@lynxeye.de>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
There is no need to init a USB controller before the upper layers indicate
that they are actually going to use it.
board_usb_init now only parses the device tree and sets up the common pll.
Signed-off-by: Lucas Stach <dev@lynxeye.de>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
There is no need to pass around all those parameters. The init functions
are able to easily extract all the needed setup info on their own.
This allows to move out the controller init into ehci_hcd_init later
on, without having to save away global state for later use and thus
bloating the file global state.
Signed-off-by: Lucas Stach <dev@lynxeye.de>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Tegra20 has a Cortex A9 r1p1, and Tegra30 has a Cortex A9 r2p9. As such,
some CPU errata exist, and must be worked around.
These must be worked around in the bootloader, since in general, the
kernel (especially a multi-platform kernel) needs to support being
launched in non-secure mode (normal world), and hence may not be able
to write to the CP15 register to enable these workarounds.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Various errata exist in the Cortex-A9 CPU, and may be worked around by
setting some bits in a CP15 diagnostic register. Add code to implement
the workarounds, enabled by new CONFIG_ options.
This code was taken from the Linux kernel, v3.8, arch/arm/mm/proc-v7.S,
and modified to remove the logic to conditionally apply the WAR (since we
know exactly which CPU we're running on given the U-Boot configuration),
and use r0 instead of r10 for consistency with the rest of U-Boot's
cpu_init_cp15().
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Refactor linker-generated array code so that symbols
which were previously linker-generated are now compiler-
generated. This causes relocation records of type
R_ARM_ABS32 to become R_ARM_RELATIVE, which makes
code which uses LGA able to run before relocation as
well as after.
Note: this affects more than ARM targets, as linker-
lists span possibly all target architectures, notably
PowerPC.
Conflicts:
arch/arm/cpu/arm926ejs/mxs/u-boot-spl.lds
arch/arm/cpu/arm926ejs/spear/u-boot-spl.lds
arch/arm/cpu/armv7/omap-common/u-boot-spl.lds
board/ait/cam_enc_4xx/u-boot-spl.lds
board/davinci/da8xxevm/u-boot-spl-da850evm.lds
board/davinci/da8xxevm/u-boot-spl-hawk.lds
board/vpac270/u-boot-spl.lds
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Turn __bss_start and __bss_end__ from linker-generated
to compiler-generated symbols, causing relocations for
these symbols to change type, from R_ARM_ABS32 to
R_ARM_RELATIVE.
This should have no functional impact, as it affects
references to __bss_start and __bss_end__ only before
relocation, and no such references are done.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Many SPL linker scripts needlessly include linker lists (aka LGAs).
Remove them whenever possible; keep it only in the seven am335x_evm
variants (am335x_evm, am335x_evm_uart[1-5], am335x_evm_spiboot),
where there is actual content in output section .u_boot_list.
This commit keeps all u-boot.bin and u-boot-spl.bin in ARM targets
byte-identical.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Output section .u_boot_list was left unmapped in
u-boot-spl.lds for omap-common, causing the location
counter to roll back to bteween .rodata and .data,
making __image_copy_end and _end symbols wrong.
Mapping output section .u_boot_list to memory .sram
fixes these symbols' mapping.
This modifies the SPL binary but has no functional
impact, as __image_copy_end and _end are never used
in SPLs and u_boot_list is empty for all 29 boards
affected (omap4_sdp4430 eco5pk igep0030 am335x_evm_uart3
omap3_beagle am3517_crane igep0032 mt_ventoux pcm051
am3517_evm omap3_evm_quick_mmc am335x_evm_uart2
am335x_evm_spiboot am335x_evm_uart1 omap3_evm igep0030_nand
omap3_overo igep0020 am335x_evm omap4_panda omap5_evm
am335x_evm_uart4 devkit8000 tricorder mcx twister
omap3_evm_quick_nand am335x_evm_uart5 igep0020_nand).
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
This patch corrects the following issues
1) Write the correct M/T Stop value to I2CSTAT after i2c write.
According to the spec, after finish the data transmission, we should
write a M/T Stop (I2C_MODE_MT | I2C_TXRX_ENA) to I2CSTAT instead of
a M/R Stop (I2C_MODE_MR | I2C_TXRX_ENA).
2) Not split the write to I2CSTAT into 2 steps in i2c read.
According to the spec, we should write the combined M/R Start value to
I2CSTAT after setting the slave address to I2CDS
3) Fix the mistake of making an equality check to an assignment.
In the case of I2C write with the zero-length address, while tranfering the
data, it should be an equality check (==) instead of an assignment (=).
Signed-off-by: Tom Wai-Hong Tam <waihong@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Because the code that handles bootdelay is compiled in conditionally
based on the default value, you are restricted in the default,
regardless of what you want the runtime options to be.
Change the source to always check if any default is given so that other
values can be selected and used at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The "env ask" traditionally uses a somewhat awkward syntax:
env ask name [message ...] [size]
So far, when a mesage was given, you always also had to enter a size.
If you forgot to do that, the command would terminate without any
indication of the problem.
To avoid incompatible changes of the interface, we now check the last
argument if it can be converted into a decimal number. If this is the
case, we assume it is a size; otherwise we treat it as part of the
message.
Also, add a space after the message fore easier reading,
and clean up help mesage.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
When using the partial read feature of fatwrite the buffer we read into
can become unaligned not just due to initial location but the size of
our partial reads as well. Make this clear in the help text.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This patch changes sdhci_init()'s behavior to NOT enable all interrupt
sources by default. Moreover interrupt signaling has been disabled.
This patch do not enable interrupts which aren't served in u-boot
(they are defined at sdhci.h but NOT used elsewhere):
- SDHCI_INT_CARD_INSERT, SDHCI_INT_CARD_REMOVE, SDHCI_BUS_POWER,
SDHCI_INT_CARD_REMOVE, SDHCI_INT_CARD_INT
Special care shall be put on SDHCI_INT_CARD_INT, which indicates
interrupt generated by SD card.
According to "SD Host Controller Simplified Spec. ver 3.00" when bit 8
(Card Interrupt Status Enable) at "Normal Interrupt Status Enable
Register" (offset 0x34) is set, the card interrupt detection is started.
Then eMMC card may cause the SD controller to set this bit and then this
interrupt is passed to booted OS and might cause kernel crash.
To sum up:
- Only enable interrupts, which are served at u-boot
- This cleanup as a side effect fixes SDHCI's CARD INTERRUPT problem at
Linux kernel (versions 3.6+, sdhci controller)
- Keep masked bits at "Normal Interrupt Signal Enable Register" (0x38h)
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Cc: Lei Wen <leiwen@marvell.com>
Cc: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This patch adds the configuration file for Snow Board and
defines the same in boards.cfg.
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This adds a member to TMU FDT node for providing hardware
tripping temperature threshold.
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This adds hardware tripping at 110 degrees celsius which must enable
forced system shutdown in case TMU fails to power off.
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This enables the dtt command to read the current SOC
temperature with the help of TMU
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Add generic TMU support alongwith i2c sensors in dtt command
to enable temperature reading in cases where TMU is present
along-with/instead-of i2c sensors.
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This adds call to tmu_init() and TMU boot time analysis
for the SoC temperature threshold breach.
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Fdt entry for Exynos TMU driver specific pre-defined values used for
calibration of current temperature and defining threshold values.
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Adding Exynos Thermal Management Unit driver to monitor SOC
temperature and take actions corresponding to states of TMU.
Signed-off-by: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
The mem_manuf is not in the correct order according to the string table.
This causes cros_bundle_firmware to get the BL2 settings in the wrong
order. This patch fixes the same.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
In certain cases, memory device is present as flat file or block device (via
mmc or mtdblock layer). Do not attempt MTD operations against it.
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
without this, patches don't get checked for proper alignment,
and e.g., for spaces after a cast and/or before a semicolon.
Signed-off-by: Kim Phillips <kim.phillips@freescale.com>
The core implementation of "help" already prints the command name before
the help text of a specific command. Remove it from part's own help text
to avoid it being printed twice:
Tegra114 (Dalmore) # help part
part - disk partition related commands
Usage:
part part uuid <interface> <dev>:<part>
- print partition UUID
...
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
ps on BSD hosts (like OS X) do not provide the --no-headers switch nor
understand the AIX format descriptions. Unfortunately there seems no solution to
get the PIDs of children in a platfrom independent manner.
Therefore detect the OS and decide upon that which way to go.
This patch makes the MAKEALL script cleanly stoppable on bare OS X when using
the parallel builds of targets.
Additionally this patch removes double call to grep by a single call to sed for
GNU style child PID detection.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
These boards seem to be unmaintained for quite some time. So lets
remove support for them completely. This also cleans up some
common drivers/files.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Guillaume Alexandre <guillaume.alexandre@gespac.ch>
Acked-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
This patch adds whitespace to the printed hex numbers to have an aligned ASCII
printout at the end of the line.
This changes for example the md output from:
---8<---
OMAP3 Tricorder # md.l $loadaddr 5
82000000: 30200109 20a4028c 90010000 08a00000 .. 0... ........
82000010: 01010000 ....
--->8---
to
---8<---
OMAP3 Tricorder # md.l $loadaddr 5
82000000: 30200109 20a4028c 90010000 08a00000 .. 0... ........
82000010: 01010000 ....
--->8---
The cost of this is about 72 byte .text increase (tested with at91 build).
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
The "mtest" command is of little practical use (if any), and
experience has shown that a large number of board configurations
define useless or even dangerous start and end addresses. If not even
the board maintainers are able to figure out which memory range can be
reliably tested, how can we expect such from the end users? As this
problem comes up repeatedly, we rather do not enable this command by
default, so only people who know what they are doing will be
confronted with it.
As this changes the user interface, we allow for a grace period
before this change takes effect. For now, we make "mtest"
configurable through the CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST variable, which is defined
in include/config_cmd_default.h; we also add an entry to
doc/feature-removal-schedule.txt which announces the removal of this
default setting in two releases from now, i. e. with v2013.07.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
In master we had already taken a patch to fix the davinci GPIO code for
CONFIG_SOC_DM646X and in u-boot-ti we have additional patches to support
DA830 (which is CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX && !CONFIG_SOC_DA850). Resolve these
conflicts manually and comment the #else/#endif lines for clarity.
Conflicts:
arch/arm/include/asm/arch-davinci/gpio.h
drivers/gpio/da8xx_gpio.c
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Adding the build support for dra7xx_evm.
Reusing omap5_evm.h config by moving it to omap5_common.h
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Adding new board files for DRA7XX socs.
The pad registers layout is changed completely from OMAP5
So introducing the new structure here and also adding the
minimal data.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishant Kamat <nskamat@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
[trini: Adapt omap_mmc_init call for last 2 params]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
DRA752 uses DDR3. Populating the corresponding structures
with DDR3 data.
Writing into MA registers if only MA is present in that soc.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Control module register addresses are changed from OMAP5
to DRA7XX socs.
So adding the necessary changes for the same.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
A new DPLL DDR is added in DRA7XX socs. Now clocks to
EMIF CD is from DPLL DDR. So DPLL DDR should be locked
before initializing RAM.
Also adding other dpll data which are different from OMAP5 ES2.0.
SYS_CLK running at 20MHz is introduced in DRA7xx socs.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
PRCM register addresses are changed from OMAP5 ES2.0 to DRA7XX.
So adding the necessary register changes for DRA7XX socs.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
After power-up SRCOMP cells are by-passed by default in OMAP5.
Software has to enable these SRCOMP sells.
For ES2: All 5 SRCOMP cells needs to be enabled.
For ES1: Only 4 SRCOMP cells in core power domain are enabled.
The 1 in wkup domain is not enabled because smart i/os
of wkup domain work with default compensation code.
Signed-off-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Add pre calculated timing settings of LPDDR2 and DDR3 memories
present in OMAP5430 and OMAP5432 ES2.0 versions.
Also adding the DDR pad io settings required for
OMAP543X SOCs here.
Signed-off-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Change OPP settings as per the latest 0.5 version of
addendum for OMAP5430 ES2.0. omap4/hw_data.c is touched
here to add dummy dividers.
While here correcting OPP_NOM mpu, core frequency for
OMAP4430 ES2.x
Note that OMAP5430 ES1.0 support is still kept alive and
would be removed in a cleanup later.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
PRCM register addresses are changed from ES1.0 to ES2.0 due to
PER power domain getting moved to CORE power domain.
So adding the nessecary register changes for the same.
Signed-off-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Adding the CPU detection suport for OMAP5430 and
OMAP5432 ES2.0 SOCs.
Signed-off-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
There is some code duplication in the ddr io settings code.
This is avoided by moving the data to a Soc specific place and
letting the code generic.
This avoids unnessecary code addition for future socs.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
A seperate omap_sys_ctrl_regs structure is defined for
omap4 & 5. If there is any change in control module for
any of the ES versions, a new structure needs to be created.
In order to remove this dependency, making the register
structure generic for all the omap4+ boards.
Signed-off-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Removing the duplicated code in ddr3 initialization.
Also creating structure for lpddr2 mode registers to
avoid unnessecary revision checks.
These change reduces code addition for future Socs.
Signed-off-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The pmic code is duplicated for OMAP 4 and 5.
Instead move the data to Soc specific place and
share the code.
Signed-off-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Currently there is quite a lot of code which
is duplicated in the clocks code for OMAP 4 and 5
Socs. Avoiding this here by moving the clocks
data to a SOC specific place and the sharing the
common code.
This helps in addition of a new Soc with minimal
changes.
Signed-off-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The current PRCM structure prototype directly matches the hardware
register layout. So there is a need to change this for every new silicon
revision which has register space changes.
Avoiding this by making the prototye generic and populating the register
addresses seperately for all Socs.
Signed-off-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Now SDRAM initialization is done on the basis of omap revision.
Instead this should be done on basis of SDRAM type read from
EMIF_SDRAM_CONFIG register. This will be helpful to avoid
unnessecary cpu checks for new boards
Signed-off-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Define CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD to prevent splashimage from being
set to a value that will cause U-Boot to hang while displaying a
splash screen.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
On some architectures certain values of splashimage will lead to
a data abort exception.
Document the problem, and implement a callback for splashimage to
reject such values.
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Before submitting packets to cpdma, phy status is updated on every packet
which leads to delay in packet send intern reduces the Ethernet performance.
Checking mdio status for each packet will reduce timetaken to send a packet
and there by increasing the Ethernet performance. With this the performance
is increased from 208KiB/s to 375KiB/s on EVMsk
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
With v3.9 and later of the Linux Kernel defaulting to multi-platform
images with omap2plus_defconfig, uImage isn't builtable anymore by
default. Add CONFIG_CMD_BOOTZ so that we can still boot something the
kernel spits out.
Cc: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
With v3.9 and later of the Linux Kernel defaulting to multi-platform
images with omap2plus_defconfig, uImage isn't builtable anymore by
default. Add CONFIG_CMD_BOOTZ so that we can still boot something the
kernel spits out.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
With v3.9 and later of the Linux Kernel defaulting to multi-platform
images with omap2plus_defconfig, uImage isn't builtable anymore by
default. Add CONFIG_CMD_BOOTZ so that we can still boot something the
kernel spits out.
Cc: Sricharan R <r.sricharan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: R Sricharan <r.sricharan@ti.com>
With v3.9 and later of the Linux Kernel defaulting to multi-platform
images with omap2plus_defconfig, uImage isn't builtable anymore by
default. Add CONFIG_CMD_BOOTZ so that we can still boot something the
kernel spits out.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
Expose the enable_gpmc_cs_config() function so AM33xx based boards can register GPMC chip selects.
Changes in V4:
- Fix checkpatch errors (TAB -> space mangling)
Changes in V3:
- Fix line wrapping
Changes in V2:
- Indicate this is for AM33xx (not OMAP2)
Signed-off-by: Mark Jackson <mpfj@newflow.co.uk>
Acked-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
This patch will allow use SPL to boot an u-boot from the OneNAND.
Tested with IGEPv2 board with a OneNAND from Numonyx
Signed-off-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@iseebcn.com>
[trini: Add <spl.h> hunk to fix warning]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Do maintain a 200 usecs period of stable power and clock before
asserting the CKE signal and sending commands, have at least 200
DRAM clock cycles pass after initialization before data access.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Add new mpc5121e based ac14xx board and a new pinmux config
function for setting individual pinmux bit groups. This
function is used in ac14xx board code.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Boards may define own IPS divider in the config file if
the default IPS divider doesn't fit their needs.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Remove CSx configurations from board code and only define
required CSx macros in the board config file to configure
chip select windows and parameters.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Reinhard Arlt <reinhard.arlt@esd-electronics.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Currently each mpc512x board has its own LAW and CS config code,
we should avoid this code duplication. Allow all boards to use
common code by only defining LAW and CS config macros like
CONFIG_SYS_CSx_START, CONFIG_SYS_CSx_SIZE and CONFIG_SYS_CSx_CFG.
Also allow common configuration of additional CS parameters by
CONFIG_SYS_CS_ALETIMING, CONFIG_SYS_CS_BURST, CONFIG_SYS_CS_DEADCYCLE
and CONFIG_SYS_CS_HOLDCYCLE options.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
This patch adds a custom U-Boot command "wdogtoggle" which enables the
external hardware watchdog toggling via an GPIO pin on the a4m2k
board. After issuing this commands, the watchdog will be serviced
by U-Boot so that the user can use all U-Boot commands from the
prompt.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds the a4m2k MPC5200B board port. Its a derivate of
the a3m071 board with only minor changes.
Additionally this patch includes some clean-up changes:
- Remove I2C support from a3m071 as its unused
- Fix/enhance default env variables
- Fix some comments
- Add newly introduced CONFIG_SPL_TARGET to automatically build
"u-boot-img.bin"
- Fix dtb patching in READ desciption for SPL Linux booting:
"fdt chosen" needs to get called to patch/create the chosen node.
- Add missing call to spl_board_init():
Define CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT so that spl_board_init() will get
called in the SPL version.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
On MPC5200, the initial RAM (and gd) is located in the internal
SRAM. So we can actually call the preloader console init code
before calling initdram(). This makes serial output (printf)
available very early, even before SDRAM init, which has been
an U-Boot priciple from day 1.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested with an IGEPv2 board seems that current onenand_spl_load_image implementation
doesn't work. This patch fixes this function changing the read loop and reading the
onenand blocks from page to page.
Tested with various IGEP based boards with a OneNAND from Numonyx.
Signed-off-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@iseebcn.com>
Some ONENAND related defines use the term ONE_NAND instead of
ONENAND, as the technology name is ONENAND this patch replaces
all these defines.
Signed-off-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@iseebcn.com>
Currently there is no logical place to put the code that prepares the
splash image data. The splash image data should be ready in memory
before bmp_display() is called, and after the environment is ready
(since lcd.c looks for the splash image in an address specified by
the environment variable "splashimage").
Our window of opportunity in board_init_r() is therefore: between
env_relocate() and bmp_display(), and from the available options
only the lcd related functions in drv_lcd_init() seem appropriate
for such lcd oriented code.
Add the option to prepare the splash image data in lcd_logo() right
before it is sent to be displayed.
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Currently, omap3_dss_panel_config() sets gfx_format to a value that is hardcoded
in the code. This forces anyone who wants to use a different gfx_format to make
adjustments after calling omap3_dss_panel_config(). This could be avoided if the
value of gfx_format were parameterized as input for omap3_dss_panel_config().
Make gfx_format a field in struct panel_config, and update existing structs to
set this field to the value that was originally hard coded.
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Currently there's no appropriate place to store driver specific data
because the pointer that is meant for that (priv) is being used to
store the base address of mmc registers.
Introduce a new struct for storing driver specific data.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
There are 3 MMC/SD/SDIO controllers in OMAP SoCs, but only 2 structs
are defined for devices. This leads to data being written outside of
array bounds on systems that use all 3 controllers.
Update hsmmc_dev array to the correct size.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
The various mmc_host_def.h files are almost identical.
Reduce code duplication by moving the similar definitions to a common
header file.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
We add USB (RNDIS gadget) SPL support as a separate target. We need to
pull out YMODEM support in order to be a small enough target binary.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Because of our support for network-based SPL, we don't discard all of
the environment related functions. We however never make use of the
default CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS items and as this variable grows, it
brings us closer to (or with some toolchains, over) our SPL size limit.
Never set this in the case of SPL.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Fixes a build warning of implicit declaration of
gpio_direction_output, as bellow:
,----
| mx23_olinuxino.c: In function 'board_early_init_f':
| mx23_olinuxino.c:51:2: warning: implicit declaration
| of function 'gpio_direction_output'
| [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
`----
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Now that U-Boot has common CONFIG_ options to work around some ARM CPU
errata, enable the relevant options on MX6, and remove the custom
lowlevel_init.S, since it's just duplicated code now.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Jason Liu <r64343@freescale.com>
This adds support to the LAN9512 chip included in the board and extend
the environment to easy netboot use.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
This fixes the build failure when included in mx23_olinuxino.h board
config; the addition of "asm/types.h" is due "u32" being otherwise
undefined.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Add a comment about the tRAS lockout setting of HW_DRAM_CTL08 to
enable the 'Fast Auto Pre-Charge' found in the memory chip. The
setting is applied after memory initialization and it is worth
document it.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
The power switch option is compatible with i.MX23 and i.MX28 so the
configration option needs to reflect it. We choose
'CONFIG_SPL_MXS_PSWITCH_WAIT' for the option name.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Rework ehci-mxs so it supports both ports on MX28. It was necessary
to wrap the per-port configuration into struct ehci_mxs_port and pull
out the clock configuration function.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
This patch streamlines the differences between the MX23 and MX28 by
implementing a few helper functions to handle different DMA channel
mapping, different clock domain for SSP block and fixes a few minor
bugs.
First of all, the DMA channel mapping is now fixed in dma.h by defining
the actual channel map for both MX23 and MX28. Thus, MX23 now does no
longer use MX28 channel map which was wrong. Also, there is a fix for
MX28 DMA channel map, where the last four channels were incorrect.
Next, because correct DMA channel map is in place, the mxs_dma_init_channel()
call now bases the channel ID starting from SSP port #0. This removes the
need for DMA channel offset being added and cleans up the code. For the
same reason, the SSP0 offset can now be used in mxs_dma_desc_append(), thus
no need to adjust dma channel number in the driver either.
Lastly, the SSP clock ID is now retrieved by calling mxs_ssp_clock_by_bus()
which handles the fact that MX23 has shared SSP clock for both ports, while
MX28 has per-port SSP clock.
Finally, the mxs_ssp_bus_id_valid() pulls out two implementations of the
same functionality from MMC and SPI driver into common code.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The real reason for memory instability was the fact that the EMI block
was gated and not reset throughout the boards' operation. This patch
resets the EMI block properly while also reverts the memory voltage bump.
The memory stability issues were caused by the EMI not being reset properly
and thus there is no longer need to run the memory at higher voltage than
it ought to run at.
This partly reverts 8303ed128a .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Rename all i.MX6 pad declarations to MX6_PAD_x, so a board
may support either i.MX6Quad/Dual (MX6Q) or i.MX6Dual-Lite/Solo
(MX6DL) by including the proper header.
Boards mx6qarm2, mx6qsabreauto, mx6qsabrelite, and mx6qsabresd
only support MX6Q, so they include mx6q_pins.h.
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric.nelson@boundarydevices.com>
This is currently set to coreboot.dtsi, but we cannot support this on
old device tree compilers (dtc <= 1.3), so adjust to use ARCH_CPU_DTS
to let the Makefile preprocessor sort this out.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This does not actually change normal behaviour, but adds a check that
should detect corruption of relocation data (e.g. by using BSS data
prior to relocation).
Also add additional debugging output when enabled.
During this investigation, two situations have been seen:
1. calculate_relocation_address():
uintptr_t size = (uintptr_t)&__bss_end - (uintptr_t)&__text_start;
turns into
111166f: b8 83 c4 17 01 mov $0x117c483,%eax
whih is beyond the end of bss:
0117b484 g .bss 00000000 __bss_end
Somehow the __bss_end here is 255 bytes ahead.
2. do_elf_reloc_fixups():
uintptr_t size = (uintptr_t)&__bss_end - (uintptr_t)&__text_start;
Here the __text_start is 0 in the file:
1111d9f: bb a0 e0 13 01 mov $0x113e0a0,%ebx
1111da4: 81 ef 00 00 00 00 sub $0x0,%edi
As it happens, both of these are in pre-relocation code.
For these reasons we silent check and ignore bad relocations.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL we may have an FDT in the BSS region. Relocate
it up with the rest of U-Boot to keep the rest of memory free.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present BSS data is including in the image, which wastes binary space.
Remove it by rearranging the sections so that BSS is last.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With this symbol we can easy append something (e.g. an FDT) to the U-Boot
binary and access it from within U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to access the timer before U-Boot has relocated
so that we can fully support bootstage.
Add new global_data members to support this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The memory layout calculations are done in calculate_relocation_address(),
and coreboot has its own version of this function. But in fact all we
really need is to set the top of usable RAM, and then the base version
will work as is.
So instead of allowing the whole calculate_relocation_address() function
to be replaced, create board_get_usable_ram_top() which can be used by
a board to specify the top of the area where U-Boot relocations to.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All code related to the bootm ramdisk subcommand is conditionally
enabled by CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH except for the help message.
Replace the CONFIG_ARCH defines by CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH
to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
UBI can mount volumes by name or number The current code forces you
to name the volume by prepending every name with "ubi:".
>From fs/ubifs/super.c
* There are several ways to specify UBI volumes when mounting UBIFS:
* o ubiX_Y - UBI device number X, volume Y;
* o ubiY - UBI device number 0, volume Y;
* o ubiX:NAME - mount UBI device X, volume with name NAME;
* o ubi:NAME - mount UBI device 0, volume with name NAME.
Now any name passed in any of the above forms are allowed.
Also update the configs that referenced ubifsmount.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The 'sb' command allows loading files from the host, and listing
directories.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The new 'sb' command is intended to deal with sandbox-specific features
that have no parallel in other archs. This commit adds two sub-commands
to list a directory and read a file from the host filesystem.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This implementation uses opendir()/readdir() to access the directory
information and then puts it in a linked list for the caller's use.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
It doesn't make a lot of sense to have these methods in fs.c. They are
filesystem-specific, not generic code. Add each to the relevant
filesystem and remove the associated #ifdefs in fs.c.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This allows us to use filesystems on sandbox. It has no effect on other
architectures.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Rather than rely on global variables for the probe functions, pass in
the information that we need filled in. This allows us to potentially
keep the variables private to fs.c in the future, and the meaning of
the probe function is clearer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
We can use the available methods and avoid using switch(). When the
filesystem is not supported, we fall through to the 'unsupported'
methods: fs_probe_unsupported() prints an error, so the others do
not need to.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
There is a structure in fs.c with just a probe method. By adding methods
for other operations, we can avoid lots of #ifdefs and switch()s. As a
first step, create the structure ready for use.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This code seems to be entirely othogonal, so remove the #ifdef and put
the condition in the Makefile instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
BF60x support 16K, 64K, 16M and 64M cplb pages, this patch add support for them.
So that bf609-ezkit can use it's 128M memory.
Signed-off-by: Bob Liu <lliubbo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.adi@gmail.com>
Set up clocks, DDR controller, Nor flash controller, reboot,
serial port. Add new SPI boot modes.
Signed-off-by: Bob Liu <lliubbo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.adi@gmail.com>
CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT_KEY is used only in board files. It is
not required to have a general CONFIG_ option. Rename it and
define it in board directory.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Simple howto to add support to a board
for booting the kernel from SPL ("Falcon" mode).
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Rather than use strcasecmp() in the hash algorithm search, require the
caller to do this first. Most of U-Boot can use lower case anyway, and
the hash command can convert to lower case before calling hash_command().
This saves needing strcasecmp() for boards that use hashing but not
the hash command.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This config effectively has a default value of 0, so add this setting
at the top of the code to remove an #ifdef in the C function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable the hash command and sha1/256 hashing for sandbox. Also use a
better address for memory testing (since the existing one is set up
for linux host memory space).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the CRC32 algorithm to the list of available hashes, and make
the crc32 command use hash_command(). Add a new crc32_wd_buf() to
make this possible, which puts its result in a buffer rather than
returning it as a 32-bit value.
Note: For some boards the hash command is not enabled, neither
are sha1, sha256 or the verify option. In this case the full
hash implementation adds about 500 bytes of overhead. So as a
special case, we use #ifdef to select very simple bahaviour in
that case. The justification for this is that it is currently
a very common case (virtually all boards enable crc32 but only
some enable more advanced features).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some hashing commands permit saving the hash in an environment variable,
and verifying a hash from there. But the crc32 command does not support
this. In order to permit crc32 to use the generic hashing infrastructure,
add a flag to select which behaviour to use.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use a ulong for the command arguments, and only cast to an address when
needed. This fixes warnings in sandbox where pointers are typically 64 bits
long.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If we get a Ctrl-C abort, we always print a newline. Move this repeated
code out of the functions and into a single place in the caller.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The iteration code is the same for each version of the memory test, so
pull it out into the common function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Half of the code is currently hidden behind an #ifdef. Move the two
memory tests into their own functions and use the compiler to eliminate
the unused code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sandbox wants to support commands which use memory. The map_sysmen()
call provides this feature, so use this in the memory commands.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sandbox doesn't actually provide U-Boot access to the machine's physical
memory. Instead it provides a RAM buffer of configurable size, and all
memory accesses are within that buffer. Sandbox memory starts at 0 and
is CONFIG_DRAM_SIZE bytes in size. Allowing access outside this buffer
might produce unpredictable results in the event of an error, and would
expose the host machine's memory architecture to the sandbox U-Boot.
Most U-Boot functions assume that they can just access memory at given
address. For sandbox this is not true.
Add a map_sysmem() call which converts a U-Boot address to a system
address. In most cases this is a NOP, but for sandbox it returns a
pointer to that memory inside the RAM buffer.
To get a U-Boot feature to work correctly within sandbox, you should call
map_sysmem() to get a pointer to the address, and then use that address for
any U-Boot memory accesses.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implements the tstc() interface for the serial driver. Multiplexing
the console between the serial port and a keyboard uses a polling
method of checking if characters are available; this means that the
serial console must be non-blocking when attempting to read
characters.
Signed-off-by: Taylor Hutt <thutt@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The buffer cannot be changed by this function, so change the buffer
pointer to a const. This allows callers with const pointer to use the
function without a cast.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are two problems:
1. The argument count needs to be checked before argv is used
2. When verify is not enabled, we need to define a constant zero value
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add back return statement to fix compiler warning about control flow
reaching end of non void function that was introduced with:
e05e5de arm: move C runtime setup code in crt0.S
Signed-off-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 8b710b1 started removing code for the unmaintained "ns9750dev"
board; the board support is still broken, and not included anywhere in
the Makefile or boards.cfg. Remove the remaining dead code.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Currently sata usage text prints a double 'sata' for the init command.
MX53LOCO U-Boot > sata
sata - SATA sub system
Usage:
sata sata init - init SATA sub system
sata info - show available SATA devices
sata device [dev] - show or set current device
sata part [dev] - print partition table
sata read addr blk# cnt
sata write addr blk# cnt
Remove the extra 'sata' from the 'sata init' line.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Calculating the checksum of incompletely read data is useless.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil.sutter@viprinet.com>
[scottwood@freescale.com: minor formatting fix]
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
The single message is misleading, since there is no equivalent success
note when reading the other copy succeeds. Instead, warn if one of the
redundant copies could not be loaded and emphasise on the error when
reading both fails.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil.sutter@viprinet.com>
If the NAND is locked tight, commands such as lock and unlock will not
work, but the NAND chip may not report an error. Check the lock tight
status before attempting such operations so that an error status can be
reported if we know the operation will not succeed.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
"nand read.part addr off size" would be treated as "nand read.raw addr off 1"
It now fails as intended stating "Unknown nand command suffix '.part'"
Signed-off-by: Harvey Chapman <hchapman@3gfp.com>
This pulls the three following ZYNQ commits into ARM master:
7dca54f8: xilinx: zynq: Enable DCC and create new zynq_dcc board
59c651f4: arm: zynq: Add SLCR support with system reset
00ed3458: arm: zynq: Add lowlevel initialization to C
Add support for per architecture CROSS_COMPILE toolchain definitions
via CROSS_COMPILE_ARCH where "ARCH" is any of the supported u-boot
architectures. This allows building every supported u-boot board in a
single pass of MAKEALL.
Signed-off-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Currently, in gpt command, partion size is converted from string
to unsigned long type using 'ustrtol' function. That type limits
the partition size to 4GB.
This patch changes the conversion function to 'ustrtoll' to return
unsigned long long type.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Wilczek <p.wilczek@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
The issue got introduced in a cleanup by Manjunath Hadli in commit
826e99136e. The eth_getenv_enetaddr_by_index
method will validate the MAC addr and if none is set in the environment
0 will be returned. Set the MAC from the eeprom if no valid address
is found in environment.
Signed-off-by: Holger Hans Peter Freyther <holger@freyther.de>
u-boot is not consistent if state should be 0|1 or of the enum, the
GPIO driver expects this to be one of the enum values. Update the
caller.
Signed-off-by: Holger Hans Peter Freyther <holger@freyther.de>
The differences include the number of GPIOs and that one is
not required to set the pinmux on request.
Signed-off-by: Holger Hans Peter Freyther <holger@freyther.de>
This patch adds a function to set ps_hold data driving value high.
This enables the machine to stay powered on even after the initial
power-on condition goes away(e.g. power button).
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Add 'ustrtoull' function to convert size from string (ex: 1GiB)
to unsigned long long type
Signed-off-by: Piotr Wilczek <p.wilczek@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
On architectures where manual relocation
is needed, the 'malloc_bin_reloc' function
must be called after 'mem_malloc_init'.
Make the 'malloc_bin_reloc' function static
and call it directly from 'mem_malloc_init'
instead of calling that from board_init_{r,f}
functions of the affected architectures.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@gmail.com>
Cc: Jason Jin <Jason.jin@freescale.com>
Cc: Macpaul Lin <macpaul@andestech.com>
Cc: Daniel Hellstrom <daniel@gaisler.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Add at91sam9g20_2mmc nand boot support. on this board, there is no
dataflash, so disable it
change one commet for at91sam9g20ek board
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
This target will move the environment into SPI flash and documents
the expected layout. We correct the SPL define for where U-Boot is
and remove an unused define.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Added README file with the description of required options and host
configuration to use network SPL with am335x targets. Briefly discuss
how to use this configuration to program empty boards.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Yanok <ilya.yanok@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
* Added variables to support SPI booting
* Note that the first 512KiB are reserved for 4 copies of SPL.
Signed-off-by: Chase Maupin <Chase.Maupin@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
* Added support to the default environment variables for NAND
boot.
* Add nandboot to the default bootcmd.
Signed-off-by: Chase Maupin <Chase.Maupin@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Rather than load the FPGA file from the FAT partition, look
at entry in system EEPROM to decide which file to retrieve directly
from the EXT3 partition.
Signed-off-by: Michael Jones <michael.jones@matrix-vision.de>
The IGEP COM PROTON is a new ultra compact module design with an
on-board ethernet controller.
Signed-off-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@iseebcn.com>
Current '#if' directives (used in igep00x0.h config file) comparing MACH_TYPE
values in igep00x0.h doesn't work as expected. The comparision between
CONFIG_MACH_TYPE and MACH_TYPE_IGEP0020 is always true independent of the IGEP
machine configured.
For example, following directive
if (CONFIG_MACH_TYPE == MACH_TYPE_IGEP0020)
define something
endif
Is always evaluated true although we configure u-boot for MACH_TYPE_IGEP0030.
The build doesn't shows any error so looks that both defines had always the same
value. Including the mach-types.h file sets properly the value of
MACH_TYPE_IGEPxxxx.
Signed-off-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@iseebcn.com>
This adds necessary config options and a new build target,
am335x_evm_usbspl, to enable usb booting and fixes board_eth_init()
function to take into account that we may have USB ether support in SPL
now. This uses the same MAC for both cpsw and USB, in order to match
ROM behavior.
The usbspl build target does not contain UART SPL, CPSW SPL or extra
environment settings, so that we may fit within our binary size
constraint.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Yanok <ilya.yanok@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This patch adds BOOT_DEVICE define for USB booting and fixes
spl_board_init function to call arch_misc_init (this is the place there
musb is initialized).
Signed-off-by: Ilya Yanok <ilya.yanok@cogentembedded.com>
In case of usbeth booting just call net_load_image("usb_ether").
This patch also adds CONFIG_SPL_USBETH_SUPPORT and
CONFIG_SPL_MUSB_NEW_SUPPORT config options to enable linking of SPL
against USB gagdet support and new MUSB driver resp.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Yanok <ilya.yanok@cogentembedded.com>
The pcm051 does not have the wp pin connected to the sd-card socket.
Therefore remove the pinmux for the pin. The was a carry-over from
the am335x evm code.
Signed-off-by: Lars Poeschel <poeschel@lemonage.de>
The pinmux was generated from linux/arch/arm/mach-davinci/da830.c as of
kernel version 3.7.5. If the driver is used for the da850, then SoC
variant must be specified by CONFIG_SOC_DA850.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Novotny <tomas@novotny.cz>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This is available on other architectures, and nds32 will start to break
without it as code starts to use error numbers more.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove it from the processor specific headers. This is
already defined in the common header km83xx.h.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
This board is similar to TUXX1 but it has a different sized second
FPGA. Therefore the configuration for the third chipselect is different.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
This is a preparation for the upcoming kmopti2 board. This board has
also a second fpga on board which is different to the tuxx1 target. But we
want to use the same header file. So remove the config option
KM_DISABLE_APP2 and simply use the board names to distinguish the features.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
If CONFIG_NAND_ECC_BCH is chosen from in the board configuration we add
an ecc mode to the kernel commandline.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
If CONFIG_NAND_ECC_BCH is set we use 4-bit error corretion code
instead of the 1-bit error correction code on the NAND device
within this driver.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Replace the hardcoded string with a variable. If CONFIG_NAND_ECC_BCH is
set we use a specific name for the uImage (ecc_bch_uImage).
Signed-off-by: Andreas Huber <andreas.huber@keymile.com>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
kmvect1 has a UEC2 connection to the piggy board and a UEC0 connection
to the switch MV88E6122. This switch has a connection to a frontport
ethernet interface. The ethernet port used for network booting is
automatically selected by u-boot. If a Piggy is plugged, the Piggy
port is selected (UEC2, eth1). If the Piggy isn't present, the
Frontport is selected (UEC0, eth0).
The switch reset is connected to a GPIO on the PRIO3 board FPGA (GPIO28)
and released at startup.
Signed-off-by: Karlheinz Jerg <karlheinz.jerg@keymile.com>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
For the the kmvect1 board we will also need a functionality to add an
offset to the IVMs MAC address, because these board will have two valid
ethernet ports for debugging purpose. So move the code to an own
function.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
For kmvect1 we need a special solution and for km_arm boards we already
have. So move the common code to the architectur specific file.
Signed-off-by: Karlheinz Jerg <karlheinz.jerg@keymile.com>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
Remove the manual relocation of env_name_spec. This has been missed
in the previous patch series for introducing dynamic relocation
on MIPS.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This code is pretty old and we want to support only 32-bit systems now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Graeme Russ <graeme.russ@gmail.com>
Invert the polarity of this option to simplify the Makefile logic.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Gabe Black <gabeblack@chromium.org>
These lines are dealt with in the x86 Makefile and link script, so punt
them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Gabe Black <gabeblack@chromium.org>
This x86 CPU variant is no longer required as the boards that use it have
been removed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Graeme Russ <graeme.russ@gmail.com>
The code handles relocation entries with the
following relocation types only:
mips32: R_MIPS_REL32
mips64: R_MIPS_REL+R_MIPS_64
xburst: R_MIPS_REL32
Other relocation entries are skipped without
processing. The code must be extended if other
relocation types must be supported.
Add -pie to LDFLAGS_FINAL to generate the .rel.dyn
fixup table, which will be applied to the relocated
image before transferring control to it.
The CONFIG_NEEDS_MANUAL_RELOC is not needed
after the patch, so remove that as well.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This section contain the table needed for dynamic
relocation. Also provide symbols for the relocation
code to access the table.
Discard all sections which are not needed in the final
ELF binary and U-Boot image. Section .dynsym cannot be
discarded or GNU ld crashes otherwise. This section
will be stripped by GNU objcpy in a later patch.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Use the newly introduced symbol __image_copy_end as end address for
relocation of U-Boot image. This is needed for dynamic relocation added
in later patches. This patch obsoletes the symbols uboot_end and
uboot_end_data which are removed.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Get the start and end address for clearing BSS from the newly
introduced symbols __bss_start and __bss_end. After GOT is
relocated, those symbols are already pointing to the correct
addresses.
Also optimize the loop by moving the address incrementation
to the delay slot to avoid the initial sub instruction.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Use the newly introduced symbols __image_copy_end and __bss_end
for setting up the memory area for the relocated U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This symbol is used in later patches as end address
for relocation of the U-Boot image into RAM.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
These symbols are used in later patches for as addresses for
clearing the BSS area in the relocated U-Boot image.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
The '__got_start' and '__got_end' symbols are used
only in the linker script to compute the value of
the 'num_got_entries' symbol.
Remove the symbols and use the SIZEOF(.got) command
to get the size of the .got section.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Fix access to global_data which is broken since commits:
commit 035cbe99cd
Author: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Date: Thu Dec 13 20:49:08 2012 +0000
mips: Move per_clk and dev_clk to arch_global_data
Move these field into arch_global_data and tidy up. The other
CONFIG_JZSOC fields are used by various architectures, so just remove
the #ifdef bracketing for these.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
commit 582601da2f
Author: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Date: Thu Dec 13 20:48:35 2012 +0000
arm: Move lastinc to arch_global_data
Move this field into arch_global_data and tidy up.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
commit 66ee692347
Author: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Date: Thu Dec 13 20:48:34 2012 +0000
arm: Move tbl to arch_global_data
Move this field into arch_global_data and tidy up.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Xiangfu Liu <xiangfu@openmobilefree.net>
In commit cfd4ff6 we implemented part of advisory 1.0.10 (internal delay
for RGMII mode not supported). This in turn however requires that we
set the tx clock delay feature in the PHY itself.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
In order to use the more thorough memory test, the macro
CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH must be defined with a usable
address.
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric.nelson@boundarydevices.com>
The baudrate is already defined by CONFIG_BAUDRATE and there is no need
to keep CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
When calling 'make u-boot.imx' the build were failing as it were
expecting the full path for the file; this regression has been
included by commit 71a988a (imximage.cfg: run files through C
preprocessor).
The direct references for u-boot.imx were replaced by $(obj) as
config.mk handles the proper setting of it making it set to $(OBJTREE)
when required.
The build has been test using:
- ./MAKEALL -s mx5 -s mx6
- make u-boot.imx
- make O=/tmp/build
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
On a mx6qsabresd revision C board with rev1.2 mx6q, the system gets resetted
and it is not able to reach the Linux prompt.
Comparing the watchdog behaviour on a revB versus revC board:
- On a mx6qsabresd revB:
U-Boot > reset
resetting ...
U-Boot 2013.01-10524-g432a3aa-dirty (Feb 07 2013 - 13:34:46)
CPU: Freescale i.MX6Q rev1.1 at 792 MHz
Reset cause: WDOG
...
- On a mx6qsabresd revC:
U-Boot > reset
resetting ...
U-Boot 2013.01-10524-g432a3aa-dirty (Feb 07 2013 - 13:34:46)
CPU: Freescale i.MX6Q rev1.1 at 792 MHz
Reset cause: POR
So due to revC POR/watchdog circuitry whenever a watchdog occurs, it causes a POR.
Clearing the PDE - Power Down Enable bit of WMCR registers fixes the problem and
is also safe for all mx6 boards.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
All the users of mx6q_4x_mt41j128.cfg (DDR3-1333H Micron MT41J128M16HA-15E or SK
hynix H5TQ2G63BFR-H9C for i.MX6Q SABRE Lite, and DDR3-1600K Micron
MT41K128M16JT-125:K for i.MX6 SABRE SD) support the optional down binning to
DDR3-1066F (CL = 7, CWL = 6), which is possible at 532 MHz, so use it.
In these conditions:
tRCD(min) = 13.125 ns
tRP(min) = 13.125 ns
tRC(min) = max(tRAS(min, DDR3-1333H), tRAS(min, DDR3-1600K)) + tRP(min)
tRAS(min, DDR3-1333H) = 36 ns
tRAS(min, DDR3-1600K) = 35 ns
MMDC1_MDCFG0.tCL should be set to 7 nCK, encoded as 0x4 in the bit-field
MMDC1_MDCFG0[3:0].
MR0.CL should be set as in MMDC1_MDCFG0.tCL, i.e. to 7 nCK, which is encoded
as 0x6 in MRS.LMR.MR0.{A6:A4, A2} and MMDC1_MDSCR[22:20, 18].
MMDC1_MDCFG1.tCWL should be set to 6 nCK, encoded as 0x4 in the bit-field
MMDC1_MDCFG1[2:0].
MMDC1_MDCFG1.tRCD should be set to 13.125 ns, which is 7 nCK at 532 MHz, encoded
as 0x6 in the bit-field MMDC1_MDCFG1[31:29].
MMDC1_MDCFG1.tRP should be set to 13.125 ns, which is 7 nCK at 532 MHz, encoded
as 0x6 in the bit-field MMDC1_MDCFG1[28:26].
MMDC1_MDCFG1.tRC should be set to 49.125 ns, which is 27 nCK at 532 MHz, encoded
as 0x1A in the bit-field MMDC1_MDCFG1[25:21].
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
MR0.PPD should be set as in MMDCx_MDPDC.SLOW_PD, i.e. to fast-exit mode, which
is encoded as 1 in MRS.LMR.MR0.A12 and MMDCx_MDSCR[28].
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
MMDC1_MDOR.RST_to_CKE should be set to 500 µs according to the JEDEC
specification for DDR3. With a cycle of 15.258 µs, this gives 33 cycles encoded
as 0x23 for the bit-field MMDC1_MDOR[5:0].
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
MMDC1_MDOR.SDE_to_RST should be set to 200 µs according to the JEDEC
specification for DDR3. With a cycle of 15.258 µs, this gives 14 cycles encoded
as 0x10 for the bit-field MMDC1_MDOR[13:8].
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
MMDC1_MDOR.tXPR should be set as specified for the JEDEC DDR3 timing tXPR.
For all DDR3 speed bins:
tXPR(min) = max(5 nCK, tRFC(min) + 10 ns)
tRFC(2 Gb) = 160 ns
All the users of mx6q_4x_mt41j128.cfg have a 2-Gb density (Micron
MT41J128M16HA-15E or SK hynix H5TQ2G63BFR-H9C for i.MX6Q SABRE Lite, and Micron
MT41K128M16JT-125:K for i.MX6 SABRE SD).
Hence, MMDC1_MDOR.tXPR should be set to max(5 nCK, 170 ns), which is 170 ns
and 91 nCK at 532 MHz, encoded as 0x5A in the bit-field MMDC1_MDOR[23:16].
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
MMDC1_MDCFG1.tMRD should be set to max(tMRD, tMOD) for DDR3.
For all DDR3 speed bins:
tMRD(min) = 4 nCK
tMOD(min) = max(12 nCK, 15 ns)
Hence, MMDC1_MDCFG1.tMRD should be set to max(12 nCK, 15 ns), which is 12 nCK
at 532 MHz, encoded as 0xB in the bit-field MMDC1_MDCFG1[8:5].
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
Tested-by: Eric Nelson <eric.nelson@boundarydevices.com>
No one expects to end up in a delayed environment if
CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT isn't defined.
Signed-off-by: Lucas Stach <dev@lynxeye.de>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
This build is stripped down. It boots to the command prompt.
GPIO is the only peripheral supported. Others TBD.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
These are stripped down for bringup, They'll be filled out later
to match-up with the kernel DT contents, and/or as devices are
brought up (mmc, usb, spi, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
These files are for code that runs on the CPU (A15) on T114 boards.
At this time, there is no A15-specific code here.
As T114-specific run-time code is added, it'll go here.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Common Tegra files are in arch-tegra, shared between T20/T30/T114.
Tegra114-specific headers are in arch-tegra114. Note that some of
these will be filled in as more T114 support is added (drivers,
WB/LP0 support, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Add driver for tegra SPI "SLINK" style driver. This controller is
similar to the tegra20 SPI "SFLASH" controller. The difference is
that the SLINK controller is a genernal purpose SPI controller and the
SFLASH controller is special purpose and can only talk to FLASH
devices. In addition there are potentially many instances of an SLINK
controller on tegra and only a single instance of SFLASH. Tegra20 is
currently ths only version of tegra that instantiates an SFLASH
controller.
This driver supports basic PIO mode of operation and is configurable
(CONFIG_OF_CONTROL) to be driven off devicetree bindings. Up to 4
devices per controller may be attached, although typically only a
single chip select line is exposed from tegra per controller so in
reality this is usually limited to 1.
To enable this driver, use CONFIG_TEGRA_SLINK
Signed-off-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Add support for configuring tegra SPI driver from devicetree.
Support is keyed off CONFIG_OF_CONTROL. Add entry in seaboard dts
file for spi controller to describe seaboard spi.
Signed-off-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Only add "lcd" into TEGRA_DEVICE_SETTINGS if CONFIG_VIDEO_TEGRA.
Otherwise, "lcd" is meaningless.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
FUNCMUX_ defines should be named after the pin groups they affect, not
after the module they're muxing onto those pin groups.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
This 'commonizes' much of the clock/pll code. SoC-dependent code
and tables are left in arch/cpu/tegraXXX-common/clock.c
Some T30 tables needed whitespace fixes due to checkpatch complaints.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Add back host1x node to seaboard dts file. This got dropped during
the tegra fdt sort.
Signed-off-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
The libfdt.h file is the definition file for libfdt. It is unnecessary
to include other fdt header files (the necessary ones are pulled in
by libfdt.h).
Signed-off-by: Gerald Van Baren <gvb@unssw.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
trivial:
fdt_support.c:89:64: warning: Using plain integer as NULL pointer
fdt_support.c:325:65: warning: Using plain integer as NULL pointer
fdt_support.c:352:65: warning: Using plain integer as NULL pointer
For the following bad constant expression, We hardcode the max. number of
memory banks to four for the foreseeable future, and add an error with
instructions on what to do once it's exceeded:
fdt_support.c:397:22: error: bad constant expression
For the rest below, sparse found a couple of wrong endian conversions
in of_bus_default_translate() and fdt_get_base_address(), but
otherwise the rest is mostly annotation fixes:
fdt_support.c:64:24: warning: cast to restricted __be32
fdt_support.c:192:21: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
fdt_support.c:192:21: expected unsigned int [unsigned] [usertype] tmp
fdt_support.c:192:21: got restricted __be32 [usertype] <noident>
fdt_support.c:201:21: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
fdt_support.c:201:21: expected unsigned int [unsigned] [addressable] [usertype] tmp
fdt_support.c:201:21: got restricted __be32 [usertype] <noident>
fdt_support.c:304:13: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
fdt_support.c:304:13: expected unsigned int [unsigned] [usertype] val
fdt_support.c:304:13: got restricted __be32 [usertype] <noident>
fdt_support.c:333:13: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
fdt_support.c:333:13: expected unsigned int [unsigned] [usertype] val
fdt_support.c:333:13: got restricted __be32 [usertype] <noident>
fdt_support.c:359:13: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
fdt_support.c:359:13: expected unsigned int [unsigned] [usertype] val
fdt_support.c:359:13: got restricted __be32 [usertype] <noident>
fdt_support.c:373:21: warning: cast to restricted __be32
fdt_support.c:963:48: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different base types)
fdt_support.c:963:48: expected restricted __be32 const [usertype] *p
fdt_support.c:963:48: got unsigned int [usertype] *<noident>
fdt_support.c:971:48: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different base types)
fdt_support.c:971:48: expected restricted __be32 const [usertype] *p
fdt_support.c:971:48: got unsigned int [usertype] *<noident>
fdt_support.c:984:29: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different base types)
fdt_support.c:984:29: expected restricted __be32 const [usertype] *cell
fdt_support.c:984:29: got unsigned int [usertype] *addr
fdt_support.c:996:32: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different base types)
fdt_support.c:996:32: expected restricted __be32 const [usertype] *cell
fdt_support.c:996:32: got unsigned int [usertype] *addr
fdt_support.c:1041:41: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different base types)
fdt_support.c:1041:41: expected restricted __be32 const [usertype] *cell
fdt_support.c:1041:41: got unsigned int [usertype] *addr
fdt_support.c:1053:41: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different base types)
fdt_support.c:1053:41: expected restricted __be32 const [usertype] *range
fdt_support.c:1053:41: got unsigned int const [usertype] *[assigned] ranges
fdt_support.c:1064:53: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different base types)
fdt_support.c:1064:53: expected restricted __be32 const [usertype] *addr
fdt_support.c:1064:53: got unsigned int [usertype] *addr
fdt_support.c:1110:50: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different base types)
fdt_support.c:1110:50: expected restricted __be32 const [usertype] *addr
fdt_support.c:1110:50: got unsigned int *<noident>
fdt_support.c:1121:49: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different base types)
fdt_support.c:1121:49: expected restricted __be32 const [usertype] *cell
fdt_support.c:1121:49: got unsigned int *<noident>
fdt_support.c:1147:60: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different base types)
fdt_support.c:1147:60: expected restricted __be32 const [usertype] *addr
fdt_support.c:1147:60: got unsigned int *<noident>
fdt_support.c:1081:5: warning: symbol '__of_translate_address' was not declared. Should it be static?
fdt_support.c:1154:5: error: symbol 'fdt_translate_address' redeclared with different type (originally declared at include/fdt_support.h:95) - incompatible argument 3 (different base types)
fdt_support.c: In function 'fdt_node_offset_by_compat_reg':
fdt_support.c:1173:17: warning: initialization discards 'const' qualifier from pointer target type [enabled by default]
See also linux kernel commit 0131d897 "of/address: use proper
endianess in get_flags".
Signed-off-by: Kim Phillips <kim.phillips@freescale.com>
Cc: Jerry Van Baren <gvb.uboot@gmail.com>
upstream dtc commit feafcd972cb744750a65728440c99526e6199a6d
"dtc/libfdt: introduce fdt types for annotation by endian checkers".
Signed-off-by: Kim Phillips <kim.phillips@freescale.com>
Cc: Jerry Van Baren <gvb.uboot@gmail.com>
and, if including libfdt.h which includes libfdt_env.h in
the correct order, don't include fdt.h before libfdt.h.
this is needed to get the fdt type definitions set from
the project environment before fdt.h uses them.
Signed-off-by: Kim Phillips <kim.phillips@freescale.com>
Cc: Jerry Van Baren <gvb.uboot@gmail.com>
Using "-ansi" preprocessor option will cause dts lines that begin with
'#' to choke the preprocessor. Change to "-x assembler-with-cpp"
instead which is what the kernel uses to preprocess dts files.
Signed-off-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This mux is not currently used and appears to be a carry-over from the
am335x evm code.
Acked-by: Lars Poeschel <poeschel@lemonage.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
commit b689cd5 OMAP3: use a single board file for IGEP devices
introduced the following build warning:
igep00x0.h:168:24: warning: backslash-newline at end of file [enabled
by default]
This patch fixes the issue.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier.martinez@collabora.co.uk>
For AM335X boards, such as the EVM and Bone Linux kernel fails to
locate the device tree blob on boot. The reason being is that
u-boot is copying the DT blob to the upper part of RAM when booting
the kernel and the kernel is unable to access the blob.
By setting the fdt_high variable to 0xffffffff (to prevent the copy)
the kernel is able to locate the DT blob and boot.
This patch is tested on BeagleBone platform.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Hiremath <hvaibhav@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
AM335x EVM 1.5A uses Micron MT41J512M8RH-125 SDRAM 4Gb (512Mx8) as the
DDR3 chip.
[Hebbar Gururaja <gururaja.hebbar@ti.com>]
- Resolve merge conflict while rebasing. File structure is
changed in the mainline. So re-arrange the code accordingly.
- Update commit message to reflect the DDR3 part number
Signed-off-by: Jeff Lance <j-lance1@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Hebbar Gururaja <gururaja.hebbar@ti.com>
When ethaddr is not set in environment the MAC address is read
from efuse. The message was only printed in debug case, but this
message could be of interest for the ordinary user, so printf it.
Signed-off-by: Lars Poeschel <poeschel@lemonage.de>
The board is named pcm051 and has this hardware:
SOC: TI AM3359
DDR3-RAM: 2x MT41J256M8HX-15EIT:D 512MiB
ETH 1: LAN8710AI
SPI-Flash: W25Q64BVSSIG
RTC: RV-4162-C7
I2C-EEPROM: CAT32WC32
NAND: MT29F4G08_VFPGA63
PMIC: TPS65910A3
LCD
Supported:
UART 1
MMC/SD
ETH 1
USB
I2C
SPI
Not yet supported:
NAND
RTC
LCD
Signed-off-by: Lars Poeschel <poeschel@lemonage.de>
[trini: Add #define CONFIG_PHY_ADDR 0 to config]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
For production systems it is better to use script images since
they are protected by checksums and carry valuable information like
name and timestamp. Also, you can't validate the content passed to
env import.
But for development, it is easier to use the env import command and
plain text files instead of script-images.
Since both OMAP4 supported boards (Panda and TI SDP4430) are used
primarily for development, this patch allows U-Boot to load env var
from a text file in case that an boot.scr script-image is not present.
The variable uenvcmd (if existent) will be executed (using run) after
uEnv.txt was loaded. If uenvcmd doesn't exist the default boot sequence
will be started.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier.martinez@collabora.co.uk>
Acked-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
This patch adds an GPIO LED boot status for IGEP boards.
The GPIO LED used is the red LED0 while the Linux kernel
uses the green LED0 as the boot status.
By using different GPIO LEDs, the user can know in which
step of the boot process the board currently is.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier.martinez@collabora.co.uk>
Acked-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Even when the IGEPv2 board and the IGEP Computer-on-Module
are different from a form factor point of view, they are
very similar in the fact that share many components and how
they are wired.
So, it is possible (and better) to have a single board file
for both devices and just use the CONFIG_MACH_TYPE to make
a differentiation between each board when needed.
This change avoids code duplication by removing 298 lines of
code and makes future maintenance easier.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier.martinez@collabora.co.uk>
Acked-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
The patch provides slcr base address initialization support
and a support to reset the cpu through slcr driver,
hence removed the reset_cpu() from board.c.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add support for Winbond's W25Q64W SPI flash.
This device is used on xilinx zynq emulation platform.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch corrected the first byte of idcode1 for S25FL256S SPI flash.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
CONFIG_ARM_DCC_MULTI should be also removed in the patch
"serial: Remove CONFIG_SERIAL_MULTI from serial drivers"
(sha1: a382725060)
Because the driver defines serial_* functions
which cause conflict with serial.c (multiple definition of serial_*)
Removing CONFIG_SERIAL_MULTI function also require to define
default_serial_console for cases where another serial driver
is not available in the system.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
As far as every arch has a get_timer function,
run_command_and_time_it code can now disappear.
Signed-off-by: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@gmail.com>
Acked-By: Che-Liang Chiou <clchiou@chromium.org>
[trini: s/ulong/unsigned long/ in command.h portion]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Autoboot timeout defined by CONFIG_BOOTDELAY will not be accurate if
CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD and CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL are defined in
configuration file and when tstc() function for checking key pressed
takes longer time than 10 ms (e.g., 50 ms) to finish.
Signed-off-by: Jim Lin <jilin@nvidia.com>
The execution order of the bootm subcommands is fixed.
Although here is a sanity check in the state machine
which should prevent running the subcommands in wrong
order but it does not catch all possible errors.
It is possible to run any subcommand without running
'bootm start' first which leads to unexpected behaviour.
For example, running 'bootm loados' without 'bootm start'
causes a hang:
U-Boot> bootm loados
XIP Invalid Image ... OK
OK
Add a sanity check to 'do_bootm_subcommand' in order
to ensure that no subcommands can be executed before
'bootm start'.
After the patch running of any subcommand without running
'bootm start' will cause an error like this:
U-Boot> bootm loados
Trying to execute a command out of order
bootm - boot application image from memory
Usage:
bootm [addr [arg ...]]
- boot application image stored in memory
...
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Currently we have "unsigned long blkcnt" which is fine with
CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA undefined because "lbaint_t" is basically the same
"unsigned long".
If CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA gets defined "lbaint_t" is defined as "unsigned
long long".
Even though not many embedded systems have CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA defined
it's good to have types in function implementation that match exactly
with prototypes.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <alexey.brodkin@gmail.com>
ifdefs in the code are making it harder to read.
The use of simple if(vfat_enabled) makes no more code and is cleaner.
(the code is discarded by the compiler instead of the preprocessor.)
NB: if -O0 is used, the code won't be discarded
and bonus, now the code compiles even if CONFIG_SUPPORT_VFAT is not
defined.
Signed-off-by: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@gmail.com>
The ideal of having a frame buffer when there isn't a display is not
that useful. Change the bdinfo command to expect this only when we
have an lcd or video display.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move these field into arch_global_data and tidy up. The other
CONFIG_JZSOC fields are used by various architectures, so just remove
the #ifdef bracketing for these.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move these fields into arch_global_data and tidy up. The bExtUart field
does not appear to be used, so punt it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move these fields into arch_global_data and tidy up. This is needed for
both ppc and m68k since they share the i2c driver.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move these fields into arch_global_data and tidy up.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Update for bsc9132qds.c, b4860qds.c]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This code was targetting one specific Microblaze platform
configuration which is obsolete and fsl bus isn't used
in this way.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Fix one printf compilation warning in microblaze bdinfo part.
Warning log:
cmd_bdinfo.c: In function 'do_bdinfo':
cmd_bdinfo.c:219:2: warning: format '%u' expects argument of type
'unsigned int', but argument 2 has type 'long unsigned int' [-Wformat]
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
All these files was used for ancient xilinx drivers
which are finally gone.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Tested-by: Rommel Custodio <sessyargc@gmail.com>
Referenced arch/blackfin/lib/muldi3.c and the linux kernel.
Resolves issue seen when building u-boot for HW_MUL=0;
PLATFORM_CPPFLAGS += -mxl-soft-mul
PLATFORM_CPPFLAGS += -mno-xl-multiply-high
which resulted in error while linking to libgcc.a without mul hw (bs / m);
libgcc.a(_muldi3.o): In function `__muldi3':
.... src/gcc-4.6.2/libgcc/libgcc2.c:550: undefined reference to `_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_'
This link failure would not occur if we used gcc instead of ld directly, as
gcc will correctly use the crt's to resolve this link.
Signed-off-by: David Holsgrove <david.holsgrove@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
System ACE compact flash controller supports either 8-bit (default) or
16-bit data transfers. And in corresponding driver we need to implement
read/write of 16-bit data words properly for both modes of operation.
In existing code if width==8 both branches get executed which may cause
unexpected behavior of SystemAce controller.
Addition of "else" fixes described issue and execution is done as
expected for both (8-bit and 16-bit) data bus widths.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <alexey.brodkin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Older compilers don't recognize v7 wfi instruction, so use wfi macro to
fix builds on old compilers.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Set ETM TRCLK down to 78MHz to get clear wave form.
This patch makes difference only when you use ETM trace connecting JTAG debugger.
Signed-off-by: Tetsuyuki Kobayashi <koba@kmckk.co.jp>
Acked-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <nobuhiro.iwamatsu.yj@renesas.com>
After stress test, I found some of kzm9g board occures memory failure.
This patch adust SDRAM setting.
- Enlarge drivability on both SDRAM controller and SDRAM itself
- Raise core voltage
Signed-off-by: Tetsuyuki Kobayashi <koba@kmckk.co.jp>
Acked-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <nobuhiro.iwamatsu.yj@renesas.com>
Move vco_out, cpm_clk, scc_clk, brg_clk into arch_global_data and tidy
up. Leave pci_clk on its own since this should really depend only on
CONFIG_PCI and not any particular chip type.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
PPC has several of these fields, selected by chip type, although only one
is ever compiled in.
Instead, use a single field. It would be nice if this could be selected
by CONFIG_PCI, but some chips (e.g. mpc5xxx) use pci_clk even when
CONFIG_PCI is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move this field into arch_global_data and tidy up.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Add arch/x86/cpu/cpu.c changes after Graeme's comments]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
We currently assume that the global data pointer is at the start of
struct global_data. We want to remove this restriction, and it is
easiest to do this in C.
Remove the asm code and add equivalent code in C.
This idea was proposed by Graeme Russ here:
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/199741/
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Apply Graeme Russ' comments
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/206305/ here, re-order]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Move these fields into arch_global_data and tidy up.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Address tlb_size in this patch as well]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
We plan to move architecture-specific data into a separate structure so
that we can make the rest of it common.
As a first step, create struct arch_global_data to hold these fields.
Initially it is empty.
This patch applies to all archs at once. I can split it if this is really
a pain.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To make it usable in git trees not providing a patch checker
implementation, add a command line option, allowing to suppress patch
check. While we are at it, sort debug options alphabetically.
Also, do not raise an exception if checkpatch.pl is not found - just
print an error message suggesting to use the new option, and return
nonzero status.
. unit test passes:
$ ./patman -t
<unittest.result.TestResult run=7 errors=0 failures=0>
. successfully used patman in the autotest tree to generate a patch
email (with --no-check option)
. successfully used patman in the u-boot tree to generate a patch
email
. `patman --help' now shows command line options ordered
alphabetically
Signed-off-by: Vadim Bendebury <vbendeb@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are cases that we want to support different settings (or maybe
even different aliases) for different projects. Add support for this
by:
* Adding detection for two big projects: U-Boot and Linux.
* Adding default settings for Linux (U-Boot is already good with the
standard patman defaults).
* Extend the new "settings" feature in .patman to specify per-project
settings.
Signed-off-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds support for a [settings] section in the .patman file.
In this section you can add settings that will affect the default
values for command-line options.
Support is added in a generic way such that any setting can be updated
by just referring to the "dest" of the option that is passed to the
option parser. At the moment options that would make sense to put in
settings are "ignore_errors", "process_tags", and "verbose". You
could override them like:
[settings]
ignore_errors: True
process_tags: False
verbose: True
The settings functionality is also used in a future change which adds
support for per-project settings.
Signed-off-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
For Linux the best way to figure out where to send a patch is with the
"get_maintainer.pl" script. Add support for calling it from patman.
Support is added unconditionally for "scripts/get_maintainer.pl" in
case it is helpful for any other projects.
Signed-off-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
If we're sending a cover letter make sure to CC everyone that we're
CCing on each of the individual patches.
Signed-off-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Currently we go through and generate the CC list for patches twice.
This gets slow when (in a future CL) we add a call to
get_maintainer.pl on Linux. Instead of doing things twice, just cache
the CC list when it is first generated.
Signed-off-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Linux kernel stores checkpatch.pl in the scripts directory. Add
that to the search path to make things more automatic for kernel
development.
Signed-off-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Several of the patman doctests assume that patman was run with:
./patman
Fix them so that they work even if patman is run with just "patman"
(because patman is in the path).
Signed-off-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The patman test code was failing because some extra spaces got
stripped when it was applied. These spaces are critical to the test
code working.
Signed-off-by: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In case a function argument is known/fixed size array in C, the argument is
still decoyed as pointer instead ( T f(U n[k]) ~= T fn(U *n) ) and therefore
calling sizeof on the function argument will result in the size of the pointer,
not the size of the array.
The VFAT code contains such a bug, this patch fixes it.
Reported-by: Aaron Williams <Aaron.Williams@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <tom.rini@gmail.com>
Cc: Aaron Williams <Aaron.Williams@cavium.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
No one expects to end up in a delayed environment if
CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT isn't defined.
Signed-off-by: Lucas Stach <dev@lynxeye.de>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Remove the board specific linker script. It is not
needed anymore, the unified MIPS linker script can
be used instead.
The qi_lb60 target produces a slightly different
image after the change than before. The value of
'num_got_entries' symbol is different:
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
801000b4: 80122d00 lb s2,11520(zero)
801000b8: 80123500 lb s2,13568(zero)
801000bc: 80123ef8 lb s2,16120(zero)
-801000c0: 00000139 0x139
+801000c0: 00000136 tne zero,zero,0x4
801000c4 <in_ram>:
801000c4: 8d0bfffc lw t3,-4(t0)
This is caused by the different placement of the
'__got_start' and '__got_end' symbols between the
board specific scrip and the unified script.
board specific script:
__got_start = .;
.got : { *(.got) }
__got_end = .;
unified script:
.got : {
__got_start = .;
*(.got)
__got_end = .;
}
Despite this difference, the resulting images are
functionally identical.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Cc: Xiangfu Liu <xiangfu@openmobilefree.net>
Remove the board specific linker script. It is not
needed anymore, the unified MIPS linker script can
be used instead.
All dbau1x00 targets are producing identical binary
images after the change than before.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Remove the board specific linker script. It is not
needed anymore, the unified MIPS linker script can
be used instead.
All incaip targets are producing identical binary
images after the change than before.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Remove the board specific linker script. It is not
needed anymore, the unified MIPS linker script can
be used instead.
All vct targets are producing identical binary
images after the change than before.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Remove the board specific linker script. It is not
needed anymore, the unified MIPS linker script can
be used instead.
All pb1x00 targets are producing identical binary
images after the change than before.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Remove the board specific linker script. It is not
needed anymore, the unified MIPS linker script can
be used instead.
All qemu_mips targets are producing identical binary
images after the change than before.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
The OUTPUT_FORMAT command in linker scripts
was always misused due to some endianess and
toolchain problems.
Use GCC flags to ensure proper output format,
and get rid of the OUTPUT_FORMAT commands in
the board specific u-boot.lds files.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Xiangfu Liu <xiangfu@openmobilefree.net>
The current code uses four instructions and a
temporary register to calculate the relocation
offset and to adjust the gp register.
The relocation offset can be calculated directly
from the CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE constant and from
the destination address. The resulting offset can
be used to adjust the gp pointer.
This approach makes the code a bit simpler because
it needs two instructions only.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Cc: Xiangfu Liu <xiangfu@openmobilefree.net>
The difference between the address of the original
and the relocated _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is always
the same as the relocation offset.
The relocation offset is already computed and it is
available in the 's1/t6' register. Use that to adjust
the relocated _G_O_T_ address, instead of calculating
the offset again from the _gp value.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Cc: Xiangfu Liu <xiangfu@openmobilefree.net>
The P2020DS build had grown too large, and video support isn't enabled
in almost any other Freescale board. Disabling it allows us to keep
building, and provides options for reenabling it later.
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
QIXIS FPGA is accessable via both i2c and flash controller.
Only flash controller access is supported.
Add support of i2c based access. It is quite useful in the scenario
where either flash controller path is broken or not present.
Signed-off-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
When CoreNet Fabric (CCF) internal resources are consumed by the cores,
inbound SRIO messaging traffic through RMan can put the device into a
deadlock condition.
This errata workaround forces internal resources to be reserved for
upstream transactions. This ensures resources exist on the device for
upstream transactions and removes the deadlock condition.
The Workaround is for the T4240 silicon rev 1.0.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
If property 'fsl,sec-era' is already present, it is updated.
This property is required so that applications can ascertain which
descriptor commands are supported on a particular CAAM version.
Signed-off-by: Vakul Garg <vakul@freescale.com>
Cc: Andy Fleming <afleming@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Configuring custom memory init value using CONFIG_MEM_INIT_VALUE in
the board config file doesn't work and memory is always initialized
to the value 0xdeadbeef. Only use this default value if a board doesn't
define CONFIG_MEM_INIT_VALUE.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
e6500 implements MMUv2 and supports power-of-2 page sizes rather than
power-of-4. Add support for such pages.
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
BSC9132QDS is a Freescale reference design board for BSC9132 SoC.
BSC9132 SOC is an integrated device that targets the evolving Microcell,
Picocell, and Enterprise-Femto base station market subsegments.
It combines Power Architecture e500v2 and DSP StarCore SC3850 core
technologies with MAPLE-B2F baseband acceleration processing elements.
BSC9132QDS Overview
--------------------
2Gbyte DDR3 (on board DDR), Dual Ranki
32Mbyte 16bit NOR flash
128Mbyte 2K page size NAND Flash
256 Kbit M24256 I2C EEPROM
128 Mbit SPI Flash memory
SD slot
USB-ULPI
eTSEC1: Connected to SGMII PHY
eTSEC2: Connected to SGMII PHY
PCIe
CPRI
SerDes
I2C RTC
DUART interface: supports one UARTs up to 115200 bps for console display
Apart from the above it also consists various peripherals to support DSP
functionalities.
This patch adds support for mainly Power side functionalities and peripherals
Signed-off-by: Naveen Burmi <NaveenBurmi@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Poonam Aggrwal <poonam.aggrwal@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The BSC9132 is a highly integrated device that targets the evolving
Microcell, Picocell, and Enterprise-Femto base station market subsegments.
The BSC9132 device combines Power Architecture e500 and DSP StarCore SC3850
core technologies with MAPLE-B2P baseband acceleration processing elements
to address the need for a high performance, low cost, integrated solution
that handles all required processing layers without the need for an
external device except for an RF transceiver or, in a Micro base station
configuration, a host device that handles the L3/L4 and handover between
sectors.
The BSC9132 SoC includes the following function and features:
- Power Architecture subsystem including two e500 processors with
512-Kbyte shared L2 cache
- Two StarCore SC3850 DSP subsystems, each with a 512-Kbyte private L2
cache
- 32 Kbyte of shared M3 memory
- The Multi Accelerator Platform Engine for Pico BaseStation Baseband
Processing (MAPLE-B2P)
- Two DDR3/3L memory interfaces with 32-bit data width (40 bits including
ECC), up to 1333 MHz data rate
- Dedicated security engine featuring trusted boot
- Two DMA controllers
- OCNDMA with four bidirectional channels
- SysDMA with sixteen bidirectional channels
- Interfaces
- Four-lane SerDes PHY
- PCI Express controller complies with the PEX Specification-Rev 2.0
- Two Common Public Radio Interface (CPRI) controller lanes
- High-speed USB 2.0 host and device controller with ULPI interface
- Enhanced secure digital (SD/MMC) host controller (eSDHC)
- Antenna interface controller (AIC), supporting four industry
standard JESD207/four custom ADI RF interfaces
- ADI lanes support both full duplex FDD support & half duplex TDD
- Universal Subscriber Identity Module (USIM) interface that
facilitates communication to SIM cards or Eurochip pre-paid phone
cards
- Two DUART, two eSPI, and two I2C controllers
- Integrated Flash memory controller (IFC)
- GPIO
- Sixteen 32-bit timers
Signed-off-by: Naveen Burmi <NaveenBurmi@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Poonam Aggrwal <poonam.aggrwal@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
This patch adds the ability for the FSL DDR interactive debugger to
automatically run the sequence of commands stored in the ddr_interactive
environment variable. Commands are separated using ';'.
ddr_interactive=compute; edit c0 d0 dimmparms caslat_X 0x3FC0; go
Signed-off-by: James Yang <James.Yang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Documentation fix to README.fsl-ddr to fix typos and
to reflect use of 'd' hotkey to enter the FSL DDR debugger.
Signed-off-by: James Yang <James.Yang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Add copy command which allows copying of DIMM/controller settings.
This saves tedious retyping of parameters for each identical DIMM
or controller.
Signed-off-by: James Yang <James.Yang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
This fix allows the name of the stage to be specifed after the
controler and DIMM is specified. Prior to this fix, if the
data stage name is not the first entry on the command line,
the operation is applied to all controller and DIMMs.
Signed-off-by: James Yang <James.Yang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Move the FSL DDR prompt command parsing to a separate function
so that it can be reused.
Signed-off-by: James Yang <James.Yang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Using environmental variable "ddr_interactive" to activate interactive DDR
debugging seomtiems is not enough. For example, after updating SPD with a
valid but wrong image, u-boot won't come up due to wrong DDR configuration.
By enabling key press method, we can enter debug mode to have a chance to
boot without using other tools to recover the board.
CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE needs to be defined in header file. To enter the
debug mode by key press, press key 'd' shortly after reset, like one would
do to abort auto booting. It is fixed to lower case 'd' at this moment.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
In order to be able to build a u-boot.pbl image, both the
CONFIG_PBLPBI_CONFIG and CONFIG_PBLRCW_CONFIG variables have to be
defined.
This patch sets these two files for the P2041RDB board.
Signed-off-by: Valentin Longchamp <valentin.longchamp@keymile.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
All the dev boards of Freescale's QorIQ family have a RCW that is
supported by the u-boot.pbl build target. This patch adds one for the
P2041 dev board.
This RCW is suitable for the RAMBOOT_PBL scenarios and was tested on the
P2041RDB booting from the eSPI NOR Flash (P2041RDB_SPIFLASH config).
Signed-off-by: Valentin Longchamp <valentin.longchamp@keymile.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Remove #ifdef so that "qixis dump" command is always available
Add "qixis_reset switch" command to dump switch settings
Qixis doesn't have 1:1 switch mapping. We need to reverse engineer from
registers to figure out switch settings. Not all bits are available.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Shaveta Leekha <shaveta@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Poonam Aggrwal <poonam.aggrwal@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
B4860QDS is a high-performance computing evaluation, development and
test platform supporting the B4860 QorIQ Power Architecture processor.
B4860QDS Overview
------------------
- DDRC1: Ten separate DDR3 parts of 16-bit to support 72-bit (ECC) at 1866MT/s,
ECC, 4 GB of memory in two ranks of 2 GB.
- DDRC2: Five separate DDR3 parts of 16-bit to support 72-bit (ECC) at 1866MT/s, ECC, 2 GB of memory. Single rank.
- SerDes 1 multiplexing: Two Vitesse (transmit and receive path) cross-point
16x16 switch VSC3316
- SerDes 2 multiplexing: Two Vitesse (transmit and receive path) cross-point
8x8 switch VSC3308
- USB 2.0 ULPI PHY USB3315 by SMSC supports USB port in host mode.
- B4860 UART port is available over USB-to-UART translator USB2SER or over
RS232 flat cable.
- A Vitesse dual SGMII phy VSC8662 links the B4860 SGMII lines to 2xRJ-45 copper
connectors for Stand-alone mode and to the 1000Base-X over AMC MicroTCA
connector ports 0 and 2 for AMC mode.
- The B4860 configuration may be loaded from nine bits coded reset
configuration reset source. The RCW source is set by appropriate
DIP-switches:
- 16-bit NOR Flash / PROMJet
- QIXIS 8-bit NOR Flash Emulator
- 8-bit NAND Flash
- 24-bit SPI Flash
- Long address I2C EEPROM
- Available debug interfaces are:
- On-board eCWTAP controller with ETH and USB I/F
- JTAG/COP 16-pin header for any external TAP controller
- External JTAG source over AMC to support B2B configuration
- 70-pin Aurora debug connector
- QIXIS (FPGA) logic:
- 2 KB internal memory space including
- IDT840NT4 clock synthesizer provides B4860 essential clocks : SYSCLK,
DDRCLK1, 2 and RTCCLK.
- Two 8T49N222A SerDes ref clock devices support two SerDes port clocks
- total four refclk, including CPRI clock scheme
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Shaveta Leekha <shaveta@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <Priyanka.Jain@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Poonam Aggrwal <poonam.aggrwal@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Roy Zang <tie-fei.zang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Singh <Sandeep@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Different personalities/derivatives of SoC may have reduced cluster. But it is
not necessary for last valid DCFG_CCSR_TP_CLUSTER register to have
DCFG_CCSR_TP_CLUSTER[EOC] bit set to represent "End of Clusters".
EOC bit can still be set in last DCFG_CCSR_TP_CLUSTER register of orignal SoC
which may not be valid for the personality.
So add initiator type check to find valid cluster.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Poonam Aggrwal <poonam.aggrwal@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
QIXIS FPGA's QIXIS Tag Access register (QTAG) defines TAG, VER, DATE, IMAGE
fields. These fields have FPGA build version, image name and build date
information.
Add support to parse these fields to have complete FPGA image information.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Poonam Aggrwal <poonam.aggrwal@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
USB controller in uboot is a required feature for MPC8544DS. Without this
support there is no 'usb' command in uboot.
Signed-off-by: Jia Hongtao <B38951@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Yang <leoli@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The controller interleaving only takes the usable memory mapped to cs0. In
the case of bank interleaving not enabled, only half of dual-rank DIMM will
be used.
For single-rank DIMM bank interleaving will be auto disabled.
Signed-off-by: Jia Hongtao <B38951@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Yang <leoli@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Relax parameters to give address latching more time to setup.
Tighten parameters to make it overall faster.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
T4240QDS's QIXIS FPGA has 4k register space size and IFC controller's
Address Mask Registers is initialised 64K size.
So Fix the Address Mask Register initilisation as 4K
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The internal SRAM of Freescale's IFC NAND machine is of 64K and controller's
Address Mask Registers is initialised with the same.
So Update TLB and LAW size of NAND flash accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The boot page in memory is already reserved so OS won't overwrite.
As long as the boot page translation is active, the default boot page
also needs to be reserved in case the memory is 4GB or more.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Static variables should be defined in C files, not header files, because
otherwise every C file that #includes the header file will generate a
duplicate of the variables. Since the vsc3316_xxx[] arrays are only
used by t4qds.c anyway, just put the variables there.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Lanes mux currently is configured in eth.c when initializing FMAN ethernet
ports, but SRIO and PCIe also need lanes mux, so we move the lanes mux to
p2041rdb.c which implements a board-specific initialization and will be
called at early stage.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
The local functions in the mxs i2c driver are not marked static, make it so.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The MX23 has less channels for the APBH DMA, sligtly different register
layout and some bits in those registers are placed differently. Reflect
this in the driver. This patch fixes MMC/DMA issue on MX23.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
It is useful to be able to try a range of
possible phy addresses to connect.
Also, an ethernet device is not required
to use phy_find_by_mask leading to better
separation of mii vs ethernet, as suggested
by Andy Fleming.
Signed-off-by: Troy Kisky <troy.kisky@boundarydevices.com>
Only the hardware ethernet registers are needed
for this function, so don't pass the more general
structure. I'm trying to separate MII and fec.
This also fixes MX28 fec_mii_setspeed use on secondary ethernet port
This was found by inspection of the code and should be
checked on real hardware.
Signed-off-by: Troy Kisky <troy.kisky@boundarydevices.com>
It is more logical to test for CONFIG_FEC_MXC_PHYADDR
to determine whether to define the function fecmxc_initialize.
Signed-off-by: Troy Kisky <troy.kisky@boundarydevices.com>
commit 49ea0ff5 (49ea0ff5) introduced CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART into mx6qsabresd.h
to store the mmc partition, but in order for it to have effect we should place
it into 'mmcpart' variable.
Also add CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART into mx6qsabreauto.h.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Saving the parameters in advance unnecessarily complicates
the code. The destination address is already saved in the
's2' register, and that register is not clobbered by the
copy loop. The size of the copied data can be computed
after the copy loop is done.
Change the code to compute the size parameter right
before calling flush_cache, and set the destination
address parameter in the delay slot of the actuall
call.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
The current code uses four instructions and a
temporary register to calculate the relocation
offset and to adjust the gp register.
The relocation offset can be calculated directly
from the CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE constant and from
the destination address. The resulting offset can
be used to adjust the gp pointer.
This approach makes the code a bit simpler because
it needs two instructions only.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Save the reused parameters at the beginning
of the 'relocate_code' function. This makes
the function a bit more readable.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
The current code uses two instructions to load
the stack pointer into the 'sp' register.
This results in the following assembly code:
468: 3c088040 lui t0,0x8040
46c: 251d0000 addiu sp,t0,0
The first instuction loads the stack pointer into
the 't0' register then the value of the 'sp' register
is computed by adding zero to the value of the 't0'
register. The same issue present on the 64-bit version
as well:
56c: 3c0c8040 lui t0,0x8040
570: 659d0000 daddiu sp,t0,0
Change the code to load the stack pointer directly
into the 'sp' register. The generated code is functionally
equivalent to the previous version but it is simpler.
32-bit:
468: 3c1d8040 lui sp,0x8040
64-bit:
56c: 3c1d8040 lui sp,0x8040
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
The loop code copies more data with one than
necessary due to the 'ble' instuction. Use the
'blt' instruction instead to fix that.
Due to the lack of suitable hardware the Xburst
specific code is compile tested only. However the
change is quite obvious.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
The romReserved and romExcHandle handlers are
accessed by a branch instruction however the
delay slots of those instructions are not filled.
Because the start.S uses the 'noreorder' directive,
the assembler will not fill the delay slots either,
and leads to the following assembly code:
0000056c <romReserved>:
56c: 1000ffff b 56c <romReserved>
00000570 <romExcHandle>:
570: 1000ffff b 570 <romExcHandle>
In the resulting code, the second branch instruction
is placed into the delay slot of the first branch
instruction, which is not allowed on the MIPS
architecture.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
The currently used 'extern inline' directive causes
the following compiler warnings if CONFIG_SWAP_IO_SPACE
is defined:
<...>/include/asm/io.h:345:1: warning: '__fswab32' is static but used in inline function '__outlc_p' which is not static [enabled by default]
<...>/include/asm/io.h:345:1: warning: '__fswab32' is static but used in inline function '__outl_p' which is not static [enabled by default]
<...>/include/asm/io.h:345:1: warning: '__fswab32' is static but used in inline function '__outlc' which is not static [enabled by default]
<...>/include/asm/io.h:345:1: warning: '__fswab32' is static but used in inline function '__outl' which is not static [enabled by default]
<...>/include/asm/io.h:344:1: warning: '__fswab16' is static but used in inline function '__outwc_p' which is not static [enabled by default]
<...>/include/asm/io.h:344:1: warning: '__fswab16' is static but used in inline function '__outw_p' which is not static [enabled by default]
<...>/include/asm/io.h:344:1: warning: '__fswab16' is static but used in inline function '__outwc' which is not static [enabled by default]
<...>/include/asm/io.h:344:1: warning: '__fswab16' is static but used in inline function '__outw' which is not static [enabled by default]
<...>/include/asm/io.h:341:1: warning: '__fswab32' is static but used in inline function '__inlc_p' which is not static [enabled by default]
<...>/include/asm/io.h:341:1: warning: '__fswab32' is static but used in inline function '__inl_p' which is not static [enabled by default]
<...>/include/asm/io.h:341:1: warning: '__fswab32' is static but used in inline function '__inlc' which is not static [enabled by default]
<...>/include/asm/io.h:341:1: warning: '__fswab32' is static but used in inline function '__inl' which is not static [enabled by default]
<...>/include/asm/io.h:340:1: warning: '__fswab16' is static but used in inline function '__inwc_p' which is not static [enabled by default]
<...>/include/asm/io.h:340:1: warning: '__fswab16' is static but used in inline function '__inw_p' which is not static [enabled by default]
<...>/include/asm/io.h:340:1: warning: '__fswab16' is static but used in inline function '__inwc' which is not static [enabled by default]
<...>/include/asm/io.h:340:1: warning: '__fswab16' is static but used in inline function '__inw' which is not static [enabled by default]
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
All other IO accessor functions are using the
'inline' directive. Use that also for the __in*s
to make it consistent with the other variants.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
The '#' used as comments in the files cause the preprocessor
trouble, so change to /* */.
The mkimage command which uses this preprocessor output
was moved to arch/arm/imx-common/Makefile
.gitignore was updated to ignore .cfgtmp files.
Signed-off-by: Troy Kisky <troy.kisky@boundarydevices.com>
The MX23 has different handling of the SSP clock and GPMI NAND clock sources,
add necessary quirks into the clock code to properly handle these.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add register definitions for the i.MX23 power control block and
clock control block. These are essential for the basic bootstrap
of the i.MX23. Also, properly include them in imx-regs.h .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
This adds the base addresses of i.MX23 and easy the detection of wrong
order in board setup, in case no SoC has been set, an error is raised
during build.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Create function which converts SSP bus number to SSP register pointer.
This functionality is reimplemented multiple times in the code, thus
make one common implementation. Moreover, make it a switch(), since the
SSP ports are not mapped in such nice linear fashion on MX23, therefore
having it a switch will simplify things there.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Using "-ansi" preprocessor option will cause dts lines that begin with
'#' to choke the preprocessor. Change to "-x assembler-with-cpp"
instead which is what the kernel uses to preprocess dts files.
Signed-off-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Add apbdma node for tegra20 and tegra30, copied directly from tegra
Linux dtsi files.
Signed-off-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Sort nodes in dts files according the the following rules:
1) Any nodes that already exist in any /include/d file, in the order
they appear in the /include/d file.
2) Any nodes with a reg property, in order of their address.
3) Any nodes without a reg property, alphabetically by node name.
Signed-off-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
IRDA is a synonym for UARTB in tegra pinmux, remove all usage of this
synonym and replace with UARTB to disambiguate.
Signed-off-by: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Tested all 5 'buses', i2c probe enumerates device addresses on all
but dev 4 (I2C4) [no devices on that bus on my Cardhu].
Note that this uses the extant tegra_i2c.c driver w/o modification.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Note that T30 does not have a separate/different DVC (power I2C)
controller like T20 - all 5 I2C controllers are identical, but
DVC_I2C is still used to designate the controller intended for
power control (PWR_I2C in the schematics). On Cardhu, it's used
to access the PMU and EEPROM, as well as the audio codec, temp
sensor, and fuel gauge devices from the OS.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Add 16-bit divider support (I2C) to periph table, annotate and
correct some entries, and fix clk_id lookup function.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
This build is stripped down. It boots to the command prompt.
GPIO is the only peripheral supported. Others TBD.
include/configs/tegra-common.h now holds common config options
for Tegra SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
This patch adds basic Tegra30 (T30) build support - no specific
board is targeted.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
These are stripped down for bringup, They'll be filled out later
to match-up with the kernel DT contents, and/or as devices are
brought up (mmc, usb, spi, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
These files are used by both SPL and main U-Boot.
Also made minor changes to shared Tegra code to support
T30 differences.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
These files are for code that runs on the CPU (A9) on T30 boards.
At this time, there are no T30-specific ARMV7 files. As T30-specific
run-time code is added, it'll go here.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidai.com>
This provides SPL support for T30 boards - AVP early init, plus
CPU (A9) init/jump to main U-Boot.
Some changes were made to Tegra20 cpu.c to move common routines
into tegra-common/cpu.c and reduce code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Common Tegra files are in arch-tegra, shared between T20 and T30.
Tegra30-specific headers are in arch-tegra30. Note that some of
these will be filled in as more T30 support is added (drivers,
WB/LP0 support, etc.). A couple of Tegra20 files were changed
to support common headers in arch-tegra, also.
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
TEGRA_DEVICE_SETTINGS lives now in tegra-common-post.h.
This removes custom TEGRA_DEVICE_SETTINGS for all tegra boards providing
video output, except seaboard, which was fixed by Stephen already.
Cc: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@avionic-design.de>
Signed-off-by: Marc Dietrich <marvin24@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
This adds LCD panel descriptions to the device tree of PAZ00 and
enables LCD support in the configuration.
Signed-off-by: Marc Dietrich <marvin24@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Boards may require a different pinmux setup for DISPALY than the default one.
Add a way to call into board specific code to set this up.
Signed-off-by: Marc Dietrich <marvin24@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
The TEC ships with a 7" LCD panel that provides a resolution of 800x480
pixels. Add a corresponding panel description to the device tree and
enable LCD support in the configuration.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@avionic-design.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
The Medcom-Wide has a 15" LCD panel with a resolution of 1366x768
pixels. Add a corresponding panel description to the device tree and
enable LCD support in the configuration.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@avionic-design.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Instead of storing the computed line length in a local variable, store
it in the global lcd_line_length variable to make sure the LCD subsystem
can properly draw content for the display resolution.
This probably wasn't noticed yet because the only board where LCD
support is currently enabled is Seaboard, which runs at a 1366x768
resolution. As it happens this is the maximum resolution supported and
also the default that is used to initialize the framebuffer before the
configuration from DT is available.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@avionic-design.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
By now U-Boot supports Qemu MIPS for little and big endian
as well as 32 bit and 64 bit. Update and fix the example usage
in the README to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Using the example command from the README file does
not work as expected. qemu shows a text similar to
the one below and it hangs.
$ qemu-system-mips -L . -nographic
Could not open option rom 'pxe-pcnet.rom': No such file or directory
qemu-system-mips: pci_add_option_rom: failed to find romfile "vgabios-cirrus.bin"
qemu: terminating on signal 15 from pid 19726
This happens because qemu emulates a Malta board by
default if the machine type is not defined explicitely
on the command line.
For a working test, the '-M mips' switch is required:
$ qemu-system-mips -M mips -L . -nographic
Could not open option rom 'vgabios.bin': No such file or directory
U-Boot 2013.01-rc2-00132-g1e8e648-dirty (Jan 08 2013 - 09:06:42)
Board: Qemu -M mips CPU: 24Kf proc_id=0x19300
DRAM: 128 MiB
## Unknown flash on Bank 1 - Size = 0x00000000 = 0 MB
Flash: 0 Bytes
*** Warning - bad CRC, using default environment
In: serial
Out: serial
Err: serial
Net: NE2000
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
qemu-mips #
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Cc: Vlad Lungu <vlad.lungu@windriver.com>
The 'Limitations & comments' section refers to the
'-m mips' switch which is not valid. The '-m' switch
can be used for setting the virtual RAM size:
$qemu-system-mips --help | grep '^-m '
-m megs set virtual RAM size to megs MB [default=128]
$
The correct switch for specifying the machine type is '-M'.
Fix the text to refer to that.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Cc: Vlad Lungu <vlad.lungu@windriver.com>
The bootm command supports subcommands since long time
however those subcommands are not yet usable on MIPS.
The patch is based on the ARM implementation, and it adds
support for the 'prep' and 'go' subcommands only.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Move the environment initialization code into a
separate function. This make the code reusable
for bootm subcommands.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
Move the actual jump code into a separate function.
This make the code reusable for bootm subcommands.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@googlemail.com>
The '## Transferring control ...' message is printed
only if DEBUG is enabled. Get rid of the 'ifdef DEBUG'
statement and use the debug macro instead.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
This adds arch support for PPC mpc83xx to boot "minimal" (4K) SPLs
using the new infrastructure.
Existing nand_spl targets are updated to deal with the name change
from nand_init.c to spl_minimal.c (as in theory this isn't limited
to NAND anymore).
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Kim Phillips <kim.phillips@freescale.com>
This was already used by some SPL targets, and allows the pad amount to
be specified by board config headers rather than only in makefile
fragments.
Also supply a pad-to of zero if the variable is undefined. It works
without this, but this avoids relying on undocumented behavior.
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Kim Phillips <kim.phillips@freescale.com>
2012-12-19 17:45:36 -06:00
2402 changed files with 129764 additions and 71209 deletions
# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
# project.
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
@@ -28,14 +28,16 @@ include $(TOPDIR)/config.mk
LIB=$(obj)lib$(SOC).o
SOBJS=reset.o
COBJS-$(CONFIG_SAMA5D3)+=sama5d3_devices.o
COBJS-y+= clock.o
COBJS-y+= cpu.o
COBJS-y+= reset.o
COBJS-y+= timer.o
COBJS-$(CONFIG_S3C6400)+= cpu_init.o speed.o
COBJS-y+= timer.o init.o
SRCS:=$(SOBJS-y:.o=.S) $(COBJS-y:.o=.c)
OBJS :=$(addprefix $(obj),$(SOBJS-y)$(COBJS-y))
OBJS:=$(addprefix $(obj),$(SOBJS)$(COBJS-y))
all:$(obj).depend$(START)$(LIB)
all:$(obj).depend$(LIB)
$(LIB):$(OBJS)
$(call cmd_link_o_target, $(OBJS))
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
